KV Nano Analog-Unit

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 266

282GB

Chapter OVERVIEW AND SYSTEM


1 CONFIGURATION
Chapter UNIT INSTALLATION

KV Nano Series Analog Temperature Unit 2 AND MAINTENANCE


Chapter KV-N3AM

KV-N3AM/NC4AD/
3 (ANALOG I/O)
Chapter KV-NC4AD
4
NC2DA/NC4TP
(ANALOG INPUTS)
Chapter KV-NC2DA
5 (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

User's Manual Chapter


6
KV-NC4TP
(TEMPERATURE INPUT)

• Differences between the KV-5000/3000


Series Units and the KV-N3AM
Read this manual before using the product. • How to Configure Unit Editor Settings
Keep this manual in a safe place for later reference. • Index

Supported Base Units

・KV-N14**
・KV-N24**
・KV-N40**
・KV-N60**
・KV-NC32T
Preface
This manual provides an overview of the KV Nano Series Analog Temperature Unit and describes its
functions and usage.
Be sure to thoroughly read and fully understand this manual before using the product. In addition, store
this manual in a safe place so that you can retrieve it whenever necessary.

 KV Nano Series Analog Temperature Unit related manuals


Read the following manuals together with this manual when you use the KV Nano Series Analog
Temperature Unit.
All of the PDF manuals below can be opened from the KV STUDIO help file. In addition, the latest
versions of the PDF manuals can be downloaded from the KEYENCE website.
To request printed versions of these manuals, use the appropriate phone number listed on the back of
this manual.

Name Description
This manual describes the system configuration and
KV Nano Series User's Manual specifications of the KV Nano Series. It also describes the CPU
built-in functions and how to create ladder programs.
KV-5500/5000/3000/1000 Series and
This manual describes the instructions that are available in
KV Nano Series
ladder programming.
Instruction Reference Manual
KV-5500/5000/3000/1000 Series and
This manual describes how to create script programs and the
KV Nano Series
available operators, control sentences, and functions.
Script Programming Manual
KV STUDIO User's Manual This manual describes how to operate KV STUDIO.
Safety Precautions
This manual describes information related to the KV Nano Series Analog Temperature Unit such as
how to use it, the operating procedures, and the precautions to follow.
To make full use of the KV Nano Series Analog Temperature Unit, be sure to read and understand this
manual before you use the unit.

Store this manual in a safe place so that you can retrieve it whenever necessary.
Provide this manual to the end-users of the product.

 Symbols
This document contains notices that you should observe to ensure your own personal safety, as well as
to protect the product and connected equipment. These notices are marked according to the level of
danger as shown below.

It indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or


DANGER
serious injury.
It indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
WARNING
serious injury.
It indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
CAUTION
moderate injury.
It indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in product damage as
NOTICE
well as property damage.

Important It indicates cautions and limitations that must be followed during operation.

Point It indicates additional information on proper operation.

Reference It indicates tips for better understanding or useful information.

Indicates a page to be referred to in this manual or other manuals.

282GB 1
 General precautions
• Before you use this product, verify its functionality and performance at startup and during operation.
• Provide a safety circuit that bypasses the PLC to enable failsafe operation of the entire system in the
event that the PLC fails.
• Internal circuit malfunctions sometimes prevent control from being performed normally. Be sure to
provide a safety circuit in control systems where circuit malfunction may lead to fire or other serious
accidents.
• Proceed with care when modifying the product, or when using it in a manner that falls outside of the
ranges indicated in its specifications, since KEYENCE is unable to guarantee product functionality or
performance in such situations.
• Use this product in combination with other products only after careful consideration, since the product
may fail to satisfy its functionality and performance capabilities as a result of factors such as its usage
conditions and the environment in which it is used.
• Do not use the product with the purpose of protecting human beings.

 CE marking and UL standard


For details on limitations regarding CE marking and on limitations for UL508 compliance, see the
"KV Nano Series User's Manual."

2 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


Manual Organization

Chapter
OVERVIEW AND This chapter provides an overview of the analog temperature

1 SYSTEM unit and describes the system configuration.


1
This chapter describes the analog temperature unit's 2
Chapter installation environment, how to mount the analog
UNIT INSTALLATION

2 AND MAINTENANCE
temperature unit on the base unit, how to connect
peripherals to the base unit, and maintenance of the analog
3
temperature unit.
4
Chapter KV-N3AM This chapter describes the KV-N3AM Analog I/O Conversion
5
3 (ANALOG I/O) Unit.

6
Chapter KV-NC4AD This chapter describes the KV-NC4AD Analog Input
A
4 (ANALOG INPUTS) Conversion Unit.

Chapter KV-NC2DA This chapter describes the KV-NC2DA Analog Output

5 (ANALOG OUTPUTS) Conversion Unit.

Chapter This chapter describes the KV-NC4TP Temperature Input


KV-NC4TP

6 (TEMPERATURE INPUT) Unit.

The appendices contain the differences between the KV-


5000/3000 Series analog temperature units and the KV-
APPENDICES
N3AM, information on how to configure Unit Editor settings,
and the manual index.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3


Contents
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Manual Organization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Conventions Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Chapter 1 OVERVIEW AND SYSTEM CONFIGURATION


1-1 What You Can Do with the Analog Temperature Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Voltage and Current Input (A/D Conversion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Voltage and Current Output (D/A Conversion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Temperature input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1-2 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Base Unit (terminal block type) System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
Base Unit (connector type) System Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5

Chapter 2 UNIT INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE


2-1 Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-2 Checking the Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
Mounting Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
2-3 Mounting onto the Base Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Mounting on the base unit (terminal block type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
Mounting on the base unit (connector type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
2-4 Connecting I/O Peripherals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2-5 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14

Chapter 3 KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


3-1 Checking the Contents of the Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3-2 Names and Functions of Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
General Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
Number of Devices Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7
3-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Terminal Pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9
Internal Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10

4 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-5 A/D and D/A Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
A/D and D/A Conversion Principles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Communicating with the Base Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
A/D and D/A Conversion Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
3-6 Procedure Prior to Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Basic Usage Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
3-7 List of Unit Editor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
List of Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
3-8 Lists of Used Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Leading Device Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Number of Devices Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
List of Data Memory Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
List of Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
3-9 Functional Block Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Temperature Shift Compensation Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
Channel Skip Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Input Range Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Scaling Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Averaging Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
Comparator Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
Zero Clip Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43
Disconnection Detection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
Special Data Offset Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Zero Drift Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48
Peak and Bottom Hold Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50
How to Use DM Selection to Change Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52
3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Channel Skip Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54
Output Range Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55
Scaling Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-56
Upper/Lower Limit Alarm Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-58
Output Limit Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-61
Error Hold Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-62
Output in PROG Mode Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-63
Output Data Offset Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-64
How to Use DM Selection to Change Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-66
3-12 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Unit Monitor Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-68
Display of the Unit Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-68
KV-N3AM Unit Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-69
3-13 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Remedies for General Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-72
List of Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-73

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5


Chapter 4 KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)
4-1 Checking the Contents of the Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4-2 Names and Functions of Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
General Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
Number of Devices Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
4-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Terminal Pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
Internal Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
4-5 A/D Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
A/D Conversion Principles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
Communicating with the Base Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
A/D Conversion Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4-6 Procedure Prior to Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Basic Usage Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
4-7 List of Unit Editor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
List of Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
4-8 Lists of Used Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Leading Device Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
Number of Devices Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
List of Data Memory Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
List of Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26
4-9 Functional Block Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28
4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Temperature Shift Compensation Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29
Channel Skip Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30
Input Range Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31
Scaling Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32
Averaging Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34
Comparator Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37
Zero Clip Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40
Disconnection Detection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41
Special Data Offset Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43
Zero Drift Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-45
Peak and Bottom Hold Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47
How to Use DM Selection to Change Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-49
4-11 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Unit Monitor Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51
Display of the Unit Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51
KV-NC4AD Unit Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52
4-12 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Remedies for General Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54
List of Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-55

6 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


Chapter 5 KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)
5-1 Checking the Contents of the Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5-2 Names and Functions of Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
General Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Number of Devices Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
5-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Terminal Pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
Internal Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9
5-5 D/A Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
D/A Conversion Principles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Communicating with the Base Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
D/A Conversion Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5-6 Procedure Prior to Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Basic Usage Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
5-7 List of Unit Editor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
List of Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
5-8 Lists of Used Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Leading Device Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Number of Devices Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
List of Data Memory Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
List of Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
5-9 Functional Block Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Channel Skip Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Output Range Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Scaling Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Upper/Lower Limit Alarm Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Output Limit Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Error Hold Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Output in PROG Mode Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Output Data Offset Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
How to Use DM Selection to Change Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
5-11 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Unit Monitor Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Display of the Unit Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
KV-NC2DA Unit Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39
5-12 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Remedies for General Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41
List of Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 7


Chapter 6 KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)
6-1 Checking the Contents of the Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6-2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6-3 Names and Functions of Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6-4 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
Number of Devices Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
6-5 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Input terminal block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
Wiring Diagram of Input Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
6-6 Temperature Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Temperature Conversion Principles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Communicating with the Base Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
6-7 Procedure Prior to Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Basic Usage Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
6-8 List of Unit Editor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
6-9 Lists of Used Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Leading Device Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
Number of Devices Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
List of Data Memory Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16
List of Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-19
6-10 Functional Block Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Functional Block Diagram (Temperature Conversion). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-21
6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Channel Skip Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-22
Thermocouple or RTD Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-23
Averaging Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-24
Alarm Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-27
Disconnection Detection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-31
Input Exception Setting Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-33
Special Data Offset Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-34
Peak and Bottom Hold Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-35
How to Use DM Selection to Change Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-36
6-12 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Unit Monitor Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-38
Display of the Unit Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-38
Unit Monitor of KV-NC4TP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-39
6-13 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Error Message List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-42
6-14 Resolution/Accuracy List of the Thermocouples/RTDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

8 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


APPENDICES

1 Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM. . . A-2
A/D Conversion Function Differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
D/A Conversion Function Differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
Temperature Input Function Differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
3 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 9


Conventions Used in This Manual

Terminology

This manual uses the following terminology excluding some instances.


Terminology Description
This refers to KEYENCE KV Nano Series (KV-N14**, N24**, N40**, N60**, and
Base unit
NC32T) programmable controllers.
This refers to expansion I/O units and special expansion units, other than the base
Expansion unit
unit, that can be used with the KV Nano Series.
PLC This is an abbreviation of Programmable Logic Controller.
This refers to the software that supports the creation of the KV Nano Series
KV STUDIO
programs.
Ladder program This refers to programs that are made with KV STUDIO.

10 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


1
OVERVIEW AND SYSTEM
CONFIGURATION
This chapter provides an overview of the analog temperature unit and
describes the system configuration.

1-1 What You Can Do with the Analog Temperature Unit


. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1-2 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 1-1


OVERVIEW AND SYSTEM

1-1 What You Can Do with the Analog Temperature Unit


CONFIGURATION

The KV Nano Series Analog Temperature Unit can receive voltage and current input (A/D conversion),
generate voltage and current output (D/A conversion) and receive temperature input.

1 Voltage and Current Input (A/D Conversion)


What You Can Do with the Analog Temperature Unit

The acquired analog signal is converted to a digital signal within the KV Nano Series Analog
Conversion Unit, and the signal is automatically stored as digital values on the PLC device. You can
also convert the acquired values to arbitrary values (scaling) without using a unit conversion ladder
program.
Voltage or current

Device value
A/D conversion


→ Time → Time

Analog input usage examples


• Acquisition of the analog output of a KEYENCE high-precision
displacement sensor or displacement meter
• Acquisition of the analog output of various measuring instruments

Voltage and Current Output (D/A Conversion)

If you store on a PLC device the digital values that you want to output, you can convert these values to
an analog signal within the KV Nano Series Analog Conversion Unit and output the analog signal.
Voltage or current
Device value

D/A conversion

→ Time → Time

Analog output usage examples


• Analog control of inverter and motor speed
• Analog control of the amount that valves open and close

1-2 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


OVERVIEW AND SYSTEM
1-1 What You Can Do with the Analog Temperature Unit

CONFIGURATION
Temperature input

In the KV Nano Series temperature input unit, the amounts of thermoelectric power in the thermocouple
and voltage in the resistance temperature sensor acquired from the temperature sensor, are
1

What You Can Do with the Analog Temperature Unit


automatically stored in the PLC device as digital values.
Temperature

Device value
A/D conversion


→ Time → Time

Temperature input usage example


• Outputs acquired from the temperature sensor (thermocouple
and platinum resistance thermometer sensor)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 1-3


OVERVIEW AND SYSTEM

1-2 System Configuration


CONFIGURATION

This section describes the system configuration of the KV Nano Series and describes what systems you can
configure by using the analog temperature unit.

1 Base Unit (terminal block type) System Configuration


System Configuration

When connecting each expansion unit, be sure to do the following:


• Connect the expansion unit on the right side of the base unit.
• Turn each unit off before you connect it to the base unit.

Base unit
(terminal block type)
KV Nano Series
KV-N14**
Expansion units Connecting Expansion
KV-N24**
(terminal block) transformer unit
KV-N40**
(1 m; OP-87581) unit (connector)
KV-N60**
Extension serial
communication cassette
KV-N1

C0 V1+ I1+
IN V0+ I0+ C1

KV-N3AM
POWER

ERROR

C2 - -
OUT V2+ I2+ -

Extension access
window cassette Expansion units
(terminal block)

KV STUDIO

• Up to 8 (up to 3 for the KV-N14**) expansion units can be connected to 1 base unit.
• The connecting transformer unit (terminal block/connector) KV-N1 can be used to connect connector
type units. You can connect only 1 each of the connecting transformer units KV-NC1 and KV-N1.

1-4 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


OVERVIEW AND SYSTEM
1-2 System Configuration

CONFIGURATION
Base Unit (connector type) System Configuration

When connecting each expansion unit, be sure to do the following:


• Connect the expansion unit on the right side of the base unit.
1

System Configuration
• Turn each unit off before you connect it.

Extension serial
communication
adapter Base unit Connecting
KV-NC10L KV Nano Series Expansion unit (connector) transformer unit Expansion units
KV-NC20L KV-NC32T KV-NC1 (terminal block)
KV-NC4TP

C0 V1+ I1+
IN V0+ I0+ C1

KV-N3AM
POWER

ERROR

C2 - -
OUT V2+ I2+ -

SD memory card
KV-M1G

KV STUDIO

• Up to 8 expansion units can be connected to 1 base unit.


• The connecting transformer unit (terminal block/connector) KV-NC1 can be used to connect terminal
block type units. You can connect only 1 each of the connecting transformer units KV-NC1 and KV-N1.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 1-5


OVERVIEW AND SYSTEM

1-2 System Configuration


CONFIGURATION

MEMO

1
System Configuration

1-6 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


2
UNIT INSTALLATION
AND MAINTENANCE
This chapter describes the analog temperature unit's installation environment,
how to mount the analog temperature unit on the base unit, how to connect
peripherals to the base unit, and maintenance of the analog temperature unit.

2-1 Installation Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2


2-2 Checking the Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2-3 Mounting onto the Base Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2-4 Connecting I/O Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2-5 Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 2-1


2-1 Installation Procedure
UNIT INSTALLATION AND

Follow the procedure below to mount the analog temperature unit on, and connect peripherals to the
MAINTENANCE

base unit.

Checking the installation environment


Check whether the location in which you want to install the analog
2 1
temperature unit is appropriate.
"2-2 Checking the Installation Environment" (page 2-3)
Installation Procedure

Mounting on the base unit


2 Mount the analog temperature unit on a base unit.
"2-3 Mounting onto the Base Unit" (page 2-5)

Connecting peripherals
Make the cable, and then use it to connect the peripherals to the analog
3
temperature unit.
"2-4 Connecting I/O Peripherals" (page 2-9)

Test operation
4
KV-N3AM: "3-6 Procedure Prior to Operation" (page 3-19)
KV-NC4AD: "4-6 Procedure Prior to Operation" (page 4-18)
KV-NC2DA: "5-6 Procedure Prior to Operation" (page 5-17)
KV-NC4TP: "6-7 Procedure Prior to Operation" (page 6-13)

2-2 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


2-2 Checking the Installation Environment

UNIT INSTALLATION AND


MAINTENANCE
This section describes precautions regarding the analog temperature unit installation environment and
describes the panel mounting position.
Don't install the unit in the locations listed below.

Installation Environment
2

Checking the Installation Environment


A location with direct A location with an ambient temperature A location with an ambient humidity that
sunshine that is not within the range of 0 to +55C is not within the range of 5 to 95%RH

A location in which condensation forms A location with corrosive or A location with heavy dust, salt,
because of sudden temperature changes combustible gas iron powder, or soot

A location that is subject to A location that is subject to sprayed A location in which strong
direct vibration or shock liquids such as water, oil, and drugs magnetic and electric fields occur

Magnetic
Drugs Electric field
field
Oil

• A location at an altitude of 2000 m or more

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 2-3


UNIT INSTALLATION AND

2-2 Checking the Installation Environment


MAINTENANCE

Mounting Position

 Unit orientation
When you mount the unit on a panel, ensure that the surface that has items such as the unit's access

2 window and communication port faces you.


Checking the Installation Environment

 Space surrounding the unit


Because the unit's power supply generates heat, install the unit with adequate space between it and the
panel and between it and the surrounding products.

30 mm

30 mm
Unit

30 mm

• If the panel temperature (specified as the temperature 30 mm below the center


of the unit's bottom surface) will exceed 55C, which is specified as the ambient
usage temperature, reduce the temperature by using methods such as forced
NOTICE air cooling and increasing the space around the unit.
• Because the unit's power supply generates heat, install the unit so that there is
adequate space for ventilation.
• Do not mount the unit directly above a product that generates a lot of heat.
2-4 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -
2-3 Mounting onto the Base Unit

UNIT INSTALLATION AND


MAINTENANCE
Mounting on the base unit (terminal block type)

This section describes the procedure for mounting the analog temperature unit onto the base unit
(terminal block type).

NOTICE Turn the power off before you carry out the mounting procedure. 2

Mounting onto the Base Unit


 When mounting a terminal block type expansion unit

1 Remove the seal from the unit on the left,


and then remove the expansion unit
connection connector cover.

2 Insert the connector cable that comes out of


the left side of the unit on the right into the
expansion unit connection connector.

3 Attach the cover that you removed in step 1.

If you are using an expansion unit connection extension cable, for details on how to
Reference disconnect the units and how to mount the unit on a DIN rail or in a control panel, see
section 3-1, "Connecting Units," in the KV Nano Series User's Manual.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 2-5


UNIT INSTALLATION AND

2-3 Mounting onto the Base Unit


MAINTENANCE

 When mounting a connector type expansion unit

1 Connect the right side unit and the connecting


transformer unit KV-N1.

2
Mounting onto the Base Unit

2 Release the lock levers attached to the top and


bottom of the right unit.
• Put your finger on the lock lever and slide it
towards the front of the unit to release it.

3 Insert the right unit's lock lever into the lock


lever slot on the left unit.
• They can be easily connected by holding
them parallel and aligning the positions of the
connectors.

4 Lock the lock levers attached to the top and


bottom of the right unit.
• Perform the reverse of step 2 by putting your
finger on the lock lever and sliding it towards
the back of the unit.
Check that there is not a gap between the
units. If there is a gap, they are not properly
connected.

2-6 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


UNIT INSTALLATION AND
2-3 Mounting onto the Base Unit

MAINTENANCE
Mounting on the base unit (connector type)

This section describes the procedure for mounting the analog temperature input unit onto the base unit
(connector type).

NOTICE Be sure to turn the power off when mounting the unit.
2

Mounting onto the Base Unit


 When mounting a connector type expansion unit

1 Remove the expansion unit connection


connector cover (right side) of the unit on the
left side.

2 Release the lock levers attached to the top and


bottom of the right unit.
• Put your finger on the lock lever and slide it
towards the front of the unit to release it.

3 Insert the right unit's lock lever into the lock


lever slot on the left unit.
• They can be easily connected by holding
them parallel and aligning the positions of the
connectors.

4 Lock the lock levers attached to the top and


bottom of the right unit.
• Perform the reverse of step 2 by putting your
finger on the lock lever and sliding it towards
the back of the unit.
Check that there is not a gap between the
units. If there is a gap, they are not properly
connected.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 2-7


UNIT INSTALLATION AND

2-3 Mounting onto the Base Unit


MAINTENANCE

 When mounting a terminal block type expansion unit

1 Attach the KV-NC1 connecting transformer unit


to the right side of the unit.

2
Mounting onto the Base Unit

2 Remove the expansion unit connection


connector cover of the unit on the left side.

3 Insert the connector cable that is coming out of


the left side of the unit on the right side into the
expansion unit connection connector.

4 Reattach the cover removed in step 1.

2-8 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


2-4 Connecting I/O Peripherals

UNIT INSTALLATION AND


MAINTENANCE
This section describes how to connect I/O peripherals to the analog temperature unit.
For the terminal wiring diagrams, see section 3-4, "Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams."

• Use shielded twisted pair cables for analog signal wires.


Point
• Wire the AC cables (such as power cords) and the analog cables separately.
• Ground shielded cables on the input side.
• Do not touch the terminals when the power is on. Doing so may cause
2

Connecting I/O Peripherals


malfunctions.

 When connecting to KV-N3AM


 Y terminal
The unit uses an M3 size, 7.62 mm pitch, screw terminal block, so use Y terminals that have the
following dimensions.

B
d2

Compatible dimensions
B : 6 mm or less
L
L : 13 mm or less
Y terminal part dimensions d2 : 3.2 mm or more
B : Y-shaped part outer size
d1 : Diameter of power line outlet
d2 : Y-shaped part inner width
(part that the screw grips)
L : Total length d1

Recommended products
Manufacturer Model B d1 d2 L Compatible Wire
AWG 22 to 16
Nippon Tanshi Co., Ltd. VD1.25-3 5.5 1.7 3.3 11.5
(0.25 to 1.65 mm2)
DAIDO SOLDERLESS AWG 22 to 16
F1.25-C3.5 6.0 1.7 3.7 12.8
TERMINAL MFG. CO., LTD. (0.25 to 1.65 mm2)
AWG 22 to 20
NICHIFU Co., Ltd. 0.3Y-3 5.2 1.0 3.2 12.0
(0.3 to 0.5 mm2)
AWG 26 to 22
JST Mfg. Co., Ltd. 0.5-3A 5.0 1.0 3.2 12.5
(0.2 to 0.5 mm2)
FUJI TERMINAL INDUSTRY AWG 22 to 16
V1.25-YASS3.5 5.7 3.3 3.5 20
CO., LTD. (0.25 to 1.65 mm2)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 2-9


UNIT INSTALLATION AND

2-4 Connecting I/O Peripherals


MAINTENANCE

 When connecting KV-NC4AD and KV-NC2DA


 Terminal block specifications

Item Description
Compatible cable size AWG28-16(0.3 to 1.3mm2)

2 Stripped cable length


Tightening torque
7mm
0.23N・m
Connecting I/O Peripherals

 Cables
(1)When using stranded and solid wires as they are
• Ensure that no wire strands are coming out of the end of
stranded wires.
7mm
• Do not solder the ends of the wires.

(2)When using a ferrule terminal with an insulating sleeve

Recommended manufacturer Model name Insulating sleeve

AI0.34-8TQ(AWG22) Contact
AI0.5-8WH(AWG20)
Phoenix Contact Co., Ltd.
AI0.75-8GY(AWG18) 8mm
AI1.5-8BK(AWG16) 2 to 3.4mm
12.5 to 14mm

 When connecting to KV-NC4TP


 Terminal block specifications

Item Description
Compatible cable size AWG24-16(0.5 to 1.3mm2)
Stripped cable length 10mm

 Cables
(1)When using stranded and solid wires as they are
• Ensure that no wire strands are coming out of the end of
stranded wires.
10mm
• Do not solder the ends of the wires.

(2)When using a ferrule terminal with an insulating sleeve

Recommended manufacturer Model name Insulating sleeve


AI0.25-12BU(AWG24)
AI0.34-8TQ(AWG22) Contact

Phoenix Contact Co., Ltd. AI0.5-8WH(AWG20)


AI0.75-8GY(AWG18) 12mm
2 to 3.4mm
AI1.5-8BK(AWG16) 16.5 to 20mm

If ferrule terminals are used when wiring thermocouples, thermoelectric power may be
Reference
generated and decrease accuracy.

2-10 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


UNIT INSTALLATION AND
2-4 Connecting I/O Peripherals

MAINTENANCE
Wiring

 Precautions when wiring to each unit


 Precautions when wiring to I/O periphials
Use 2 core shielded twisted cable for the analog input wire and output wire, and wire it separately from 2
the power wiring.

Connecting I/O Peripherals


Ground the shielded cable at the signal receiving end (D-type grounding).

 Precautions when grounding


• Ground each device separately (D-type grounding). Furthermore, make grounding resistance 100Ω
or less.
• If devices cannot be ground separately, ground them together. In this case, all the cables must be the
same length.
• Use an FG terminal for grounding. (Do not ground the power terminal.)

PLC Other PLC Other PLC Other


device device device

B
A B A

D-type grounding A= B A> B
A<B

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 2-11


UNIT INSTALLATION AND

2-4 Connecting I/O Peripherals


MAINTENANCE

 Wiring terminal block type expansion units

1 When the analog temperature unit is mounted to the base


unit, turn the power off.

Turn the power off before you carry out the


2 NOTICE
mounting procedure. If the power is ON
when wiring, devices may malfunction.
Connecting I/O Peripherals

POWER

ERROR

Terminal block
2 Open the screw terminal block cover. IN V0+
C0
I0+
V1+
C1
I1+
cover

* The screw terminal block cannot be removed or installed.

3 Attach the crimped terminals of the signal wires to the pre-


determined terminals.
C0 V1+ I1+

• Connect the signal wires to the correct V0+ I0+ C1


C0 V1+ I1+
IN

terminals. If you connect them to the


V0+ I0+ C1

incorrect terminals, the products may


NOTICE KV-N3AM

malfunction. POWER

ERROR

• When connecting, ensure that no static


electricity is generated. -
C2 -
OUT V2+ I2+ -

C2 NC NC

• Loosen the terminal screw with a screwdriver, and then V2+ I2+ NC

insert the crimped terminal.


Next, firmly tighten the terminal screws.
For information on wiring, see section 3-4, "Terminal
Pinout and Wiring Diagrams."

4 Close the screw terminal block cover.

POWER

ERROR

Terminal block
cover
C0 V1+ I1+
IN V0+ I0+ C1

2-12 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


UNIT INSTALLATION AND
2-4 Connecting I/O Peripherals

MAINTENANCE
 Wiring connector type expansion units (KV-NC4AD and KV-NC2DA)

1 When the unit is mounted on the base unit, turn the power
OFF and remove the connector.

Turn the power OFF when mounting


NOTICE units. If the power is ON when wiring, 2
devices may malfunction.

Connecting I/O Peripherals


2 Loosen the terminal screws on the side of the connector
with a screwdriver.
Side of the connector
3 Wire the signal line to the specified terminal.

• Wire to the correct terminal. Devices


may malfunction if wired to the wrong
NOTICE terminal.
• When connecting, ensure that no
static electricity is generated.

• Insert the signal line firmly.


• Use the AWG16 to 28 signal wires.
• For information on wiring, see "Terminal Pinout and
Wiring Diagrams." in each chapter.

4 Tighten the terminal screws firmly with a screwdriver


(tightening torque of 0.23N·m)

 Wiring connector type expansion unit (KV-NC4TP)

1 When the unit is mounted on the base unit, turn the power OFF.

Turn the power OFF when mounting


NOTICE units. If the power is ON when wiring,
devices may malfunction.

2 Press down the (a) section of the connector with a


screwdriver, and insert the signal line into the (b) section.
KV-NC4TP

When the line has been inserted, remove the screwdriver.

• Use a small flat-head screwdriver.


Take care with screwdrivers with a b
sharp edges, as they may damage the
NOTICE
terminal block.
• When connecting, ensure that no
static electricity is generated.

• Insert the signal line firmly.


• Use the AWG16 to 24 signal wires.
• For information on wiring, see "Terminal Pinout and Wiring
Diagrams." in each chapter.
- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 2-13
2-5 Maintenance
UNIT INSTALLATION AND
MAINTENANCE

This section describes how to inspect and perform maintenance on the unit.

NOTICE Be sure to turn the power off before you inspect or perform maintenance on the unit.

2
Inspection
Maintenance

When the unit is used for a long time, problems such as the connecting section of the connectors
becoming loose occur. Continued use of the unit in this state may cause operating difficulties.
For this reason, periodically inspect the wired parts and other sections of the unit.

The main items to inspect are listed below.

• Are the connecting sections of the connectors disconnected or loose?


• Are the terminal screws of the terminal block loose?
• Are the wiring cables between the unit and the other products damaged?

Maintenance

Dirt adheres to the base unit and other units when they are used over a prolonged period of time.
Clean off any dirt from the units using a clean, dry cloth.
Dust and dirt on fine components such as connectors can be removed with a cotton swab or similar
item after first removing the connector.

2-14 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)
This chapter describes the KV-N3AM Analog I/O Conversion Unit.

3-1 Checking the Contents of the Package . . . . . . . . . . 3-2


3-2 Names and Functions of Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
3-5 A/D and D/A Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11
3-6 Procedure Prior to Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
3-7 List of Unit Editor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3-8 Lists of Used Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
3-9 Functional Block Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
3-12 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations . . . . . 3-68
3-13 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-1


3-1 Checking the Contents of the Package
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

The package contains the following items. Before you start using the unit, make sure that the package
contains everything that it is supposed to contain.

KV-N3AM

3 OUT

V2
+ C2
KV Nano Series
I2+ -

Expansion unit
Checking the Contents of the Package

- -

KV
-N3A
M
PO
instruction manual
WER
ER
RO
R

IN
V0
+ C0
I0+ V1+

C1 I1+

Unit Expansion unit instruction manual (1)

 List of Peripherals and Options


 Connecting transformer unit (terminal block/connector): KV-N1
This is used to connect the KV-N3AM to terminal block type base units.
"2-3 Mounting onto the Base Unit" (page 2-5)

3-2 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-2 Names and Functions of Parts

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


This section describes the names and functions of the KV-N3AM parts.

With the cover closed With the cover open

C0 V1+ I1+ C0 V1+ I1+

(4) Terminal block


IN V0+ I0+ C1 IN V0+ I0+ C1

cover
(1) POWER LED
KV-N3AM KV-N3AM
POWER

3
POWER

ERROR (2) ERROR LED ERROR

(3) Analog I/O

Names and Functions of Parts


C2 - -
C2 - - OUT V2+ I2+ -
OUT V2+ I2+ -

terminals

(5) Expansion unit (7) Expansion unit connection (6) Expansion unit connection
connection cable connector cover connector

Number Name Function


This indicates the power status.
Lit in green: The power is on.
(1) POWER LED
Off: The power is off.
"Checking the LED indications" (page 3-72)
This indicates the unit's error status.
Lit or blinking (with a period of 2 seconds) in red: An error has
(2) ERROR LED occurred.
Off: No errors have occurred.
"Checking the LED indications" (page 3-72)
(3) Analog I/O terminals These terminals are used for I/O.
(4) Terminal block cover This is the terminal block protection cover.
Expansion unit connection This is the cable, with a connector, that is used to connect the expansion
(5)
cable unit.
Expansion unit connection
(6) This is the connector that is used to connect the expansion unit.
connector
This is the protective cover of the connector that is used to connect the
Expansion unit connection expansion unit.
(7)
connector cover This can be used regardless of the connection status of the connector
cable.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-3


3-3 Specifications
This section gives the specifications and dimensions of the KV-N3AM.
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

General Specifications

Item Specification
Model KV-N3AM
Supply voltage Supplied by the base unit (24 VDC)
Internal current
120 mA or less
3 consumption
Ambient operating
0 to +55C (no icing)*1, 2
temperature
Specifications

Storage temperature -25 to +75C*1


Ambient operating
5 to 95%RH (no condensation)*1
humidity
Ambient storage
5 to 95%RH (no condensation)*1
humidity
1500 VAC for 1 minute (between the power terminal and I/O terminal, and between all
Withstand voltage
external terminals and cases)
1500 V peak-to-peak or more, pulse width 1 µs, 50 ns (by noise simulator)
Noise immunity
IEC standard compliance (IEC61000, 4-2/3/4/6)
When intermittent vibrations are present Scan times
Frequency Acceleration Amplitude
5 to 9 Hz - 3.5 mm
Complies with
*3 9 to 150 Hz 9.8 m/s2 - X, Y, Z directions:
Vibration immunity JIS B 3502 and
When continuous vibrations are present 10 times each
IEC61131-2
Frequency Acceleration Amplitude (100 minutes)
5 to 9 Hz - 1.75 mm
9 to 150 Hz 4.9 m/s2 -
2
Acceleration 150 m/s , application time 11 ms, applied three times in each direction:
Shock resistance
X, Y, and Z
50 MΩ or more (500 VDC megger used to perform measurements between the power
Insulation resistance
terminal and I/O terminal and between all external terminals and cases)
Operating
As little dust and corrosive gases as possible
environment
Operating altitude 2000 m or less
Overvoltage
I
category
Pollution degree 2
Weight Approximately 200 g

*1 The range in which the system is guaranteed.


*2 Indicated on the lower, central part (30 mm) of the unit in the control panel.
*3 These specifications correspond to situations in which the unit is mounted on a DIN rail and in which the unit is
mounted on another unit directly.

3-4 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-3 Specifications

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Performance Specifications

 A/D conversion
Item Specification
Number of analog 2 (single end)
inputs
Analog input range Voltage -10 V to +10 V 1/8000 2.5 mV
and resolution*1 0 to 10 V 1/4000 2.5 mV 3
0 to 5 V 1/4000 1.25 mV

Specifications
1 to 5 V 1/3200 1.25 mV
Current 0 to 20 mA 1/4000 5 µA
4 to 20 mA 1/3200 5 µA
Conversion speed 80 µs/CH*2
Conversion accuracy Voltage No temperature 0.3% of F.S. (at 25C  5C)
compensation 0.5% of F.S. (at 0 to 55C)
With temperature 0.3% of F.S. (at 0 to 55C)
compensation
Current No temperature 0.4% of F.S. (at 25C  5C)
compensation 0.6% of F.S. (at 0 to 55C)
With temperature 0.4% of F.S. (at 0 to 55C)
compensation
Input resistance Voltage 5 MΩ
Current 250 Ω
Maximum absolute Voltage 15 V
input Current 30 mA
Isolation mode Between analog input and CPU Isolated (photocoupler, transformer)
Between analog input and output Not isolated
Between analog input channels Not isolated

Special functions Input range switchover function, temperature shift compensation enable/disable
function, channel skip function, scaling function, special data offset function, peak/
bottom value hold function, zero clip function, zero drift function, comparator
function, averaging function (over time, over number of times, and moving average),
and disconnection detection function

*1 For details on the measurable range when input that is outside of the range is applied, see "A/D and D/A
Conversion Tables" (page 3-13).
*2 When you are using temperature shift compensation, 80 s is added for the temperature shift compensation time
regardless of the number of channels that you are using.
The number of used channels is the total of the channels used in A/D conversion and the channels used in D/A
conversion.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-5


3-3 Specifications
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

 D/A conversion
Item Specification
Number of analog 1
outputs
Analog output range Voltage -10 V to +10 V 1/8000 2.5 mV
and resolution*1 0 to 10 V 1/4000 2.5 mV
0 to 5 V 1/4000 1.25 mV
1 to 5 V 1/3200 1.25 mV
3 Current 0 to 20 mA 1/4000 5 µA
4 to 20 mA 1/3200 5 µA
Specifications

Conversion speed 80 µs/CH*2


Conversion accuracy Voltage 0.3% of F.S. (at 25C  5C)
0.5% of F.S. (at 0 to 55C)
Current 0.3% of F.S. (at 25C  5C)
0.5% of F.S. (at 0 to 55C)
Isolation mode Between analog output and CPU Isolated (photocoupler, transformer)
Between analog input and output Not isolated
Minimum load Voltage 1 kΩ
resistance
Maximum load Current 600 Ω
resistance

Special functions Output range switching function, output data offset function, scaling function, error
hold function, upper/lower limit alarm function, output limit function, channel skip
function, and PROG output function

*1 For details on generating output outside of the range, see "A/D and D/A Conversion Tables" (page 3-13).
*2 When you are using temperature shift compensation with A/D conversion, 80 µs is added for the temperature shift
compensation time regardless of the number of channels that you are using.
The number of used channels is the total of the channels used in A/D conversion and the channels used in D/A
conversion.

Number of Devices Used

Device Type Number of Devices Used


Data memory (DM) 50 words
Relay (R) 96 points (6 channels)
"3-8 Lists of Used Devices" (page 3-23)

3-6 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-3 Specifications

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Dimensions

47

2-φ4.5

27.3

Specifications
82

35.9
90
3.8

55 17.2 83.7 Unit: mm

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-7


3-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams
This section describes the terminal pinout and wiring diagrams of the KV-N3AM.
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

For the wiring method, see "2-4 Connecting I/O Peripherals" (page 2-9).

Terminal Pinout

Terminal
Signal Name Remarks
C0 V1+ I1+ Name
V0+ I0+ C1
Channel 0 voltage During voltage input, use this terminal together
3 IN V0+
C0
I0+
V1+
C1
I1+
V0+
input with a common terminal as a pair.
Channel 0 current During current input, use this terminal together
I0+
input with a common terminal as a pair.
Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams

KV-N3AM
POWER

C0 Common terminal C0 to C2 are shared internally.


ERROR

Channel 1 voltage During voltage input, use this terminal together


V1+
C2 - -
input with a common terminal as a pair.
OUT V2+ I2+ -

Channel 1 current During current input, use this terminal together


C2 NC NC
I1+
V2+ I2+ NC
input with a common terminal as a pair.
C1 Common terminal C0 to C2 are shared internally.
Channel 2 voltage During voltage output, use this terminal
V2+
output together with a common terminal as a pair.
Channel 2 current During current output, use this terminal
I2+
output together with a common terminal as a pair.
C2 Common terminal C0 to C2 are shared internally.
NC Not connected.

C0, C1, and C2 are shared internally.


NOTICE
Do not wire these to terminals with different electric potentials.

3-8 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Wiring Diagrams

See the following wiring diagrams when you wire the terminals of the analog I/O terminal block.

 Voltage input wiring (channel 0 and channel 1) and voltage output wiring
(channel 2)
Check that the I/O ranges of the terminals (channels) that you want to wire are set correctly. 3
" Input Range Setting" (page 3-34) and " Output Range Setting" (page 3-55)

Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams


Voltage input wiring
I1+

I1+
C1

Voltage output Voltage output wiring


C1

POWER

ERROR
KV-N3AM
C0 V1+

NC NC
V1+

→CH1 Shielded cable

-
V0+ I0+

NC
I0+

-
C0

-
V0+

V2+ I2+
Voltage output

I2+
+ CH2→

C2
C2
→CH0 Shielded cable - Voltage Input

V2+
Shielded
OUT
IN

cable

In reality, you cannot install the unit horizontally as shown here. "Mounting
NOTICE
Position" (page 2-4)

 Current input wiring (channel 0 and channel 1) and current output wiring
(channel 2)
Check that the I/O ranges of the terminals (channels) that you want to wire are set correctly.
" Input Range Setting" (page 3-34) and " Output Range Setting" (page 3-55)

Current input wiring


I1+

I1+

Current output→CH1 Current output wiring


C1

C1

POWER

ERROR
KV-N3AM
C0 V1+

NC NC
V1+

Shielded
V0+ I0+

NC
I0+

cable
C0

-
V0+

V2+ I2+
I2+

+ CH2→Current input
Current output→CH0
C2

-
C2
V2+

Shielded
OUT
IN

cable
Shielded
cable

In reality, you cannot install the unit horizontally as shown here. "Mounting
NOTICE
Position" (page 2-4)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-9


3-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Internal Circuit Diagrams

 A/D conversion circuit

A/D 100 Ω
conversion V+

3
circuit 250 Ω
I+
5 MΩ
C
Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams

* C0, C1, and C2 are shared internally.

 D/A conversion circuit

D/A
conversion
circuit V+

I+

* C0, C1, and C2 are shared internally.

3-10 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-5 A/D and D/A Conversions
This section describes A/D and D/A conversion principles, the status of relays that are updated by the

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


KV-N3AM, and how to read values from and write values to the base unit.

A/D and D/A Conversion Principles

 A/D conversion
Voltage

3
Base unit KV-N3AM Current
Transducer
(4) Sequence Power
program
Power factor

A/D and D/A Conversions


(2) A/D
conversion
(1) Analog input Temperature
Data memory
Pressure
Preamplifier
Flow rate
(3) A/D converted data is Speed
written to the base unit.


(1) An analog signal (voltage or current) is applied to the KV-N3AM from a peripheral.
• This operation is "analog input."
(2) The KV-N3AM converts the analog signal to A/D converted data.
• This operation is "A/D conversion."
(3) The KV-N3AM writes the A/D converted data to the data memory of the base unit.
• Data is written automatically once per scan.
(4) If necessary, A/D converted data is processed by a ladder program of the base unit.
• The actual value of the voltage or current that was applied can be calculated from the A/D
converted data.
The calculated value can be used in other ladder program processing.

 D/A conversion
Base unit KV-N3AM Inverter

(1) Sequence
program Motor driver
(4) D/A (5) Analog output
conversion
Data memory Temperature recorder

Analog controller
(3) Output data is read from
the base unit.


(1) The value of the voltage or current that will be output to the peripherals is converted to the output
data by a ladder program of the base unit.
(2) The output data is written to data memory by the ladder program.
(3) The KV-N3AM automatically reads the output data from the data memory of the base unit.
• Data is read automatically once per scan.
(4) The KV-N3AM converts the output data to a voltage or current analog signal.
• This operation is "D/A conversion."
(5) The analog signal is output to the peripherals from the KV-N3AM.
• This operation is "analog output."

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-11


3-5 A/D and D/A Conversions
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Communicating with the Base Unit

This section describes how to perform reading and writing operations to transfer data between storage
on the KV-N3AM and the relays and data memory on the base unit.

 Automatic refresh

3 Control processing KV-N3AM

Synchronization
A/D and D/A Conversions

Automatic refresh
C0 V1+ I1+
IN V0+ I0+ C1

KV-N3AM
POWER

One scan ERROR

Program execution
C2 - -
OUT V2+ I2+ -

END processing

Each time that the ladder program executes a scan, the base unit performs reading and writing
operations to transfer data over bus lines between storage on the KV-N3AM and the relays and data
memory assigned to the KV-N3AM on the base unit.
Data communication performed between the base unit and an expansion unit as outlined above is
called "automatic refresh." You do not need to make a ladder program or configure settings for data
communication.

 Operation in PROG mode


Even when the base unit is in PROG mode, you can use the KV-N3AM to monitor data such as A/D
converted data, special data, and analog data. In addition, relays related to special functions (the zero
drift relay, comparator relay, hold relay, and disconnection detection relay) also operate.
The analog output during PROG mode depends on the Unit Editor's "Output in PROG mode" setting.
"Output in PROG Mode Function" (page 3-63)

 Converted data update period


The update period of A/D converted data and D/A converted data varies as shown below depending on
the number of channels that you are using in A/D or D/A conversion and whether you are using the
temperature shift compensation function. (A/D conversion and D/A conversion do not operate
independently.)

• When you are using the temperature shift compensation function


A/D converted data update period = conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for
A/D and D/A conversion + 80 µs
D/A converted data update period = conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for
A/D and D/A conversion + 80 µs

• When you are not using the temperature shift compensation function
A/D converted data update period = conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for
A/D and D/A conversion
D/A converted data update period = conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for
A/D and D/A conversion

3-12 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-5 A/D and D/A Conversions

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


A/D and D/A Conversion Tables

 Conventions used in the tables


Example When the voltage is +9.10 V, the A/D converted data and the output data are 3640 (the
part).

Integer part of the voltage


Decimal part of the voltage up to two decimal places 3
A/D converted data and output data that correspond

A/D and D/A Conversions


to the voltage

.00 .10 .20


+10 4000
+9 3600 3640 3680
+8 3200 3240 3280

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-13


3-5 A/D and D/A Conversions
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

I/O range: -10 to +10 V

 I/O characteristics

A/D converted data and output data

4000

3000

3 2000

1000
A/D and D/A Conversions

Voltage
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 +2 +4 +6 +8 +10 (V)

-1000

-2000

-3000

-4000

 Voltage conversion table

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 4000 4040 4080 4120 4160 4200 - - - -
+9 3600 3640 3680 3720 3760 3800 3840 3880 3920 3960
+8 3200 3240 3280 3320 3360 3400 3440 3480 3520 3560
+7 2800 2840 2880 2920 2960 3000 3040 3080 3120 3160
+6 2400 2440 2480 2520 2560 2600 2640 2680 2720 2760
+5 2000 2040 2080 2120 2160 2200 2240 2280 2320 2360
+4 1600 1640 1680 1720 1760 1800 1840 1880 1920 1960
+3 1200 1240 1280 1320 1360 1400 1440 1480 1520 1560
+2 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160
+1 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760
+0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360
-0 0 -40 -80 -120 -160 -200 -240 -280 -320 -360
-1 -400 -440 -480 -520 -560 -600 -640 -680 -720 -760
-2 -800 -840 -880 -920 -960 -1000 -1040 -1080 -1120 -1160
-3 -1200 -1240 -1280 -1320 -1360 -1400 -1440 -1480 -1520 -1560
-4 -1600 -1640 -1680 -1720 -1760 -1800 -1840 -1880 -1920 -1960
-5 -2000 -2040 -2080 -2120 -2160 -2200 -2240 -2280 -2320 -2360
-6 -2400 -2440 -2480 -2520 -2560 -2600 -2640 -2680 -2720 -2760
-7 -2800 -2840 -2880 -2920 -2960 -3000 -3040 -3080 -3120 -3160
-8 -3200 -3240 -3280 -3320 -3360 -3400 -3440 -3480 -3520 -3560
-9 -3600 -3640 -3680 -3720 -3760 -3800 -3840 -3880 -3920 -3960
-10 -4000 -4040 -4080 -4120 -4160 -4200 - - - -

* A/D converted data lies within the range of -4200 to 4200 (from -10.50 V to +10.50 V). If a voltage outside of this range
is input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -4200.
Output data lies within the range of -4200 to 4200 (from -10.50 V to +10.50 V). If output data outside of this range is
input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -4200.

3-14 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-5 A/D and D/A Conversions

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


I/O range: 0 to +10 V

 I/O characteristics

A/D converted data and output data

4000

3000 3

A/D and D/A Conversions


2000

1000

Voltage
0 +2 +4 +6 +8 +10 (V)

 Voltage conversion table

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 4000 4040 4080 4120 4160 4200 - - - -
+9 3600 3640 3680 3720 3760 3800 3840 3880 3920 3960
+8 3200 3240 3280 3320 3360 3400 3440 3480 3520 3560
+7 2800 2840 2880 2920 2960 3000 3040 3080 3120 3160
+6 2400 2440 2480 2520 2560 2600 2640 2680 2720 2760
+5 2000 2040 2080 2120 2160 2200 2240 2280 2320 2360
+4 1600 1640 1680 1720 1760 1800 1840 1880 1920 1960
+3 1200 1240 1280 1320 1360 1400 1440 1480 1520 1560
+2 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160
+1 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760
+0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360
-0 0 -40 -80 -120 -160 -200 - - - -

* A/D converted data lies within the range of -200 to 4200 (from -0.50 V to +10.50 V). If a voltage outside of this range is
input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -200.
Output data lies within the range of -200 to 4200 (-0.50 V to +10.50 V). If output data outside of this range is input, the
converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -200.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-15


3-5 A/D and D/A Conversions
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

I/O range: 0 to 5 V

 I/O characteristics
A/D converted data and output data

4000

3000

3 2000
A/D and D/A Conversions

1000

Voltage
0 1 2 3 4 5 (V)

 Voltage conversion table


.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
5 4000 4080 4160 - - - - - - -
4 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920
3 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120
2 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000 2080 2160 2240 2320
1 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520
+0 0 80 160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720
-0 0 -80 -160 - - - - - - -
* A/D converted data lies within the range of -200 to 4200 (from -0.25 V to +5.25 V). If a voltage outside of this range is
input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -200.
Output data lies within the range of -200 to 4200 (-0.25 V to +5.25 V). If output data outside of this range is input, the
converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -200.

I/O range: 1 to 5 V

 I/O characteristics
A/D converted data and output data

4000

3000

2000

1000

Voltage
0 1 2 3 4 5 (V)

 Voltage conversion table The shaded areas indicate values that are outside of the output data range.
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
5 3200 3280 3360 - - - - - - -
4 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120
3 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000 2080 2160 2240 2320
2 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520
1 0 80 160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720
+0 -800 -720 -640 -560 -480 -400 -320 -240 -160 -80
-0 -800 -880 -960 - - - - - - -
* A/D converted data lies within the range of -1000 to 3400 (from -0.25 V to +5.25 V). If a voltage outside of this range is
input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 3400 or a minimum value of -1000.
Output data lies within the range of -200 to 3400 (+0.75 V to +5.25 V). If output data outside of this range is input, the
converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 3400 or a minimum value of -200.
3-16 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -
3-5 A/D and D/A Conversions

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


I/O range: 0 to 20 mA

 I/O characteristics

A/D converted data and output data

4000

3000
3

A/D and D/A Conversions


2000

1000

Current
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 (mA)

 Current conversion table


The shaded areas indicate values that are outside of the output data range.

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 4000 4020 4040 4060 4080 4100 4120 4140 4160 4180
19 3800 3820 3840 3860 3880 3900 3920 3940 3960 3980
18 3600 3620 3640 3660 3680 3700 3720 3740 3760 3780
17 3400 3420 3440 3460 3480 3500 3520 3540 3560 3580
16 3200 3220 3240 3260 3280 3300 3320 3340 3360 3380
15 3000 3020 3040 3060 3080 3100 3120 3140 3160 3180
14 2800 2820 2840 2860 3880 2900 2920 2940 2960 2980
13 2600 2620 2640 2660 2680 2700 2720 2740 2760 2780
12 2400 2420 2440 2460 2480 2500 2520 2540 2560 2580
11 2200 2220 2240 2260 2280 2300 2320 2340 2360 2380
10 2000 2020 2040 2060 2080 2100 2120 2140 2160 2180
9 1800 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980
8 1600 1620 1640 1660 1680 1700 1720 1740 1760 1780
7 1400 1420 1440 1460 1480 1500 1520 1540 1560 1580
6 1200 1220 1240 1260 1280 1300 1320 1340 1360 1380
5 1000 1020 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120 1140 1160 1180
4 800 820 840 860 880 900 920 940 960 980
3 600 620 640 660 680 700 720 740 760 780
2 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 540 560 580
1 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
-0 0 -20 -40 -60 -80 -100 -120 -140 -160 -180

* A/D converted data lies within the range of -200 to 4200 (from -1.0 mA to +21.0 mA). If a current outside of this range is
input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -200.
Output data lies within the range of -40 to 4200 (-0.2 mA to +21.0 mA). If output data outside of this range is input, the
converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -40.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-17


3-5 A/D and D/A Conversions
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

I/O range: 4 to 20 mA

 I/O characteristics

A/D converted data and output data

4000

3 3000
A/D and D/A Conversions

2000

1000

Current
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 (mA)

 Current conversion table


The shaded areas indicate values that are outside of the output data range.

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 3200 3220 3240 3260 3280 3300 3320 3340 3360 3380
19 3000 3020 3040 3060 3080 3100 3120 3140 3160 3180
18 2800 2820 2840 2860 2880 2900 2920 2940 2960 2980
17 2600 2620 2640 2660 2680 2700 2720 2740 2760 2780
16 2400 2420 2440 2460 2480 2500 2520 2540 2560 2580
15 2200 2220 2240 2260 2280 2300 2320 2340 2360 2380
14 2000 2020 2040 2060 2080 2100 2120 2140 2160 2180
13 1800 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980
12 1600 1620 1640 1660 1680 1700 1720 1740 1760 1780
11 1400 1420 1440 1460 1480 1500 1520 1540 1560 1580
10 1200 1220 1240 1260 1280 1300 1320 1340 1360 1380
9 1000 1020 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120 1140 1160 1180
8 800 820 840 860 880 900 920 940 960 980
7 600 620 640 660 680 700 720 740 760 780
6 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 540 560 580
5 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380
4 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
3 -200 -180 -160 -140 -120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20
2 -400 -380 -360 -340 -320 -300 -280 -260 -240 -220
1 -600 -580 -560 -540 -520 -500 -480 -460 -440 -420
0 -800 -780 -760 -740 -720 -700 -680 -660 -640 -620
-0 -800 -820 -840 -860 -880 -900 -920 -940 -960 -980
* A/D converted data lies within the range of -1000 to 3400 (from -1.0 mA to +21.0 mA). If a current outside of this range
is input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 3400 or a minimum value of -1000.
The output data lies within the range of -200 to 3400 (from +3.0 mA to +21.0 mA). If output data outside of this range is
input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 3400 or a minimum value of -200.

3-18 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-6 Procedure Prior to Operation

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


This section describes the basic procedure to follow when using the KV-N3AM.

Basic Usage Procedure

Configure the KV STUDIO* Unit Editor settings.

• Add the KV-N3AM to the system configuration devices.


"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)
• Set the leading relay and DM numbers of the KV-N3AM.
" Leading Device Number" (page 3-23)
3

Procedure Prior to Operation


• Select settings according to the way that you want to use the KV-N3AM.
"3-7 List of Unit Editor Settings" (page 3-20)

Use KV STUDIO* to write a program.

If necessary, create a ladder program.


You do not have to make a program to check operations. "KV STUDIO User's Manual"

Transfer the project that you have created to the base unit.

In KV STUDIO*, on the "Monitor Simulator" menu, click "PLC Transfer -> Monitor Mode" to transfer
the project.
"KV STUDIO User's Manual"

Check operations.

In KV STUDIO*, on the "Monitor/Simulator" menu, click "Unit Monitor" to check operations.


"KV-N3AM Unit Monitor" (page 3-69)

* Use version 7 or later of KV STUDIO.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-19


3-7 List of Unit Editor Settings
This section describes the KV STUDIO Unit Editor settings and how to configure them. You have to use
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

the KV STUDIO Unit Editor when you use the KV-N3AM.

List of Settings

The Unit Editor settings and default values are listed below.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

3  Common settings
List of Unit Editor Settings

Changeable
See
Function Setting Value from Ladder
Page
Program
Leading DM No. Need set No
3-23
Common Leading relay No. Need set No
settings Temperature shift Enabled Default value
No 3-32
compensation Disabled

 A/D conversion settings (channel 0 and channel 1)

Changeable
See
Function Setting Value from Ladder
Page
Program
Disable Default value
Channel skip Channel skip No 3-33
Enable
-10 to +10V Default value
0 to 10V
0 to 5V
Input range Input range No 3-34
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
4 to 20mA
Disabled Default value
Scaling No
Enabled
Unit Editor selection Default value
Scaling selection No
DM selection
Scaling 3-35
-31999 to 32000
Scaling upper limit settings*1 Yes
( Default value : 32000)
-32000 to 31999
Scaling lower limit settings*1 Yes
( Default value : -32000)
Disabled Default value
Simple average (count selection)
Averaging No
Simple average (time selection)
Moving average
Averaging constant Unit Editor selection Default value
No
Averaging selection DM selection 3-37
Simple average
2 to 60000 ( Default value : 2) Yes
(count selection)
Simple average
1 to 1500 ms ( Default value : 1) Yes
(time selection)
Moving Average count 2 to 64 ( Default value : 2) Yes

3-20 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-7 List of Unit Editor Settings

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Changeable
See
Function Setting Value from Ladder
Page
Program
Disabled Default value
Comparator No
Enabled
Unit Editor selection Default value
Comparator val selection No
DM selection
Comparator upper limit -32000 to 32000
Yes
ON level*2 ( Default value : 32000)
Comparator
Comparator upper limit -32000 to 32000
Yes
3-40 3
OFF level*2 ( Default value : 32000)

List of Unit Editor Settings


Comparator lower limit -32000 to 32000
Yes
OFF level*3 ( Default value : -32000)
Comparator lower limit -32000 to 32000
Yes
ON level*3 ( Default value : -32000)
Disabled
Zero clip Zero clip No 3-43
Enabled Default value
Disconnection Disabled Default value
Disconnection detection No 3-44
detection Enabled
*1 You cannot configure the settings so that the scaling upper limit is less than or equal to the scaling lower limit.
*2 You cannot configure the settings so that the comparator upper limit ON level is less than the comparator upper limit
OFF level.
*3 You cannot configure the settings so that the comparator lower limit OFF level is less than the comparator lower limit
ON level.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-21


3-7 List of Unit Editor Settings
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

 D/A conversion settings (channel 2)

Changeable
See
Function Setting Value from Ladder
Page
Program
Disable Default value
Channel skip Channel skip No 3-54
Enable
-10 to +10 V Default value

3 Output range Output range


0 to 10 V
0 to 5 V
No 3-55
0 to 20 mA
List of Unit Editor Settings

1 to 5 V
4 to 20 mA
Disabled Default value
Scaling No
Enabled
Unit Editor selection Default value
Scaling selection No
DM selection
Scaling 3-56
-31999 to 32000
Scaling upper limit settings*1 Yes
( Default value : 32000)
-32000 to 31999
Scaling lower limit settings*1 Yes
( Default value : -32000)
Disabled Default value
Upper/lower limit alarm No
Enabled
Upper/lower limit alarm Unit Editor selection Default value
No
Upper/lower selection DM selection
3-58
limit alarm Upper/lower limit alarm -31999 to 32000
Yes
upper limit value*2 ( Default value : 32000)
Upper/lower limit alarm -32000 to 31999
Yes
lower limit value*2 ( Default value : -32000)
OFF Default value
Output limit Output limit No 3-61
ON
OFF Default value
Error hold Error hold No 3-62
ON
Output in Clear Default value
Output in PROG mode No 3-63
PROG mode Output
*1 You cannot configure the settings so that the scaling upper limit is less than or equal to the scaling lower limit.
*2 You cannot configure the settings so that the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value is less than or equal to the upper/
lower limit alarm lower limit value.

3-22 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-8 Lists of Used Devices
This section gives lists of the DM (data memory) entries and relays that the KV-N3AM occupies.

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Leading Device Number

Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to set the leading devices of the DM (data memory) entries and relays
that the KV-N3AM occupies.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Lists of Used Devices


 Leading DM No.
Set the leading number of the data memory entries that are occupied by the KV-N3AM.
50 words worth of data memory entries are occupied by the KV-N3AM.
Settable range: DM00000 to DM32718
(In the case of XYM marking: D00000 to D32718)

 Leading relay No.


Set the leading channel of the relays that are occupied by the KV-N3AM.
96 relays (6 channels) are occupied by the KV-N3AM.
Settable range: 010 (R1000) to 594 (R59400)
(In the case of XYM marking: 010 (Y100) to 594 (Y5940))
* If you specify a channel, the relay number will be displayed.

Number of Devices Used

The number of DM (data memory) entries and relays that the KV-N3AM occupies are shown below.
Data memory entries: 50 words
Relays: 96 (6 channels)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-23


3-8 Lists of Used Devices
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

List of Data Memory Entries

The names and contents of the data memory entries that the KV-N3AM occupies are shown below.
( N : Leading DM number)

Area DM Number Read/Write Update Timing See Page


Updated automatically
Normal read area N + 000 to N + 012 Read only 3-24
during each scan
3 Normal write area N + 014 to N + 019
Readable and Updated automatically
3-26
writable during each scan
Lists of Used Devices

When power is turned on


Value When you switch from
Readable and
communication N + 022 to N + 040 PROG mode to RUN mode 3-27
writable
area* When the update request
relay is turned ON
* This can only be used when you have selected "DM selection" in the unit settings.

 Normal read area


The KV-N3AM stores data in this area during each scan.
You cannot use ladder programs to write data to this area.

CH DM Number Name See Page


N + 000 A/D converted data
Special data (values after calculations performed by
N + 001 3-25
various functions)
CH0 N + 002 Analog data (calculated voltage or current value)
N + 003 Peak value
3-51
N + 004 Bottom value
N + 005 A/D converted data
Special data (values after calculations performed by
N + 006 3-25
various functions)
CH1 N + 007 Analog data (calculated voltage or current value)
N + 008 Peak value
3-51
N + 009 Bottom value
CH2 N + 010 Analog data (calculated voltage or current value)* 3-25
Common N + 012 Error code 3-73

* The data memory entry in which the values to be output are stored is output data ( N + 018).
"Output data" (page 3-26)

3-24 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-8 Lists of Used Devices

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


 A/D converted data
The digital values that are the result of the A/D conversion performed on the analog input signal (V or
mA) are stored as A/D converted data.
"A/D and D/A Conversion Tables" (page 3-13)
"Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion)" (page 3-30)

A/D converted data is stored in the following data memory entries automatically during each scan.

CH number
DM number N
CH0
+ 000 N
CH1
+ 005
3

Lists of Used Devices


N : Leading DM number

 Special data
A/D converted values are stored after first being processed by the zero clip, scaling, special data offset,
averaging, and zero drift functions. If these functions are not set, the same values as the A/D converted
data are stored.
When multiple functions are set, the values are stored after being processed by all the set functions.
"Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion)" (page 3-30)
"Zero Clip Function" (page 3-43)
"Scaling Function" (page 3-35)
"Special Data Offset Function" (page 3-46)
"Averaging Function" (page 3-37)
"Zero Drift Function" (page 3-48)

Special data is stored in the following data memory entries automatically during each scan.

CH number CH0 CH1


DM number N + 001 N + 006

N : Leading DM number

 Analog data
Voltage or current values are calculated from the A/D converted data or output data and are stored as
analog data.
Analog data is calculated as shown below.

Analog data = A/D converted data (or output data) × resolution

The unit is mV for voltage input (output) and µA for current input (output).
Amounts less than or equal to 1 mV are rounded down when values are stored.

The unit displayed on the Unit Monitor is "V" for voltage input (output) and "mA" for current input
(output).

Analog data is stored in the following data memory entries automatically during each scan.

CH number CH0 CH1 CH2


DM number N + 002 N + 007 N + 010
N : Leading DM number
"Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion)" (page 3-30)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-25


3-8 Lists of Used Devices
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

 Normal write area


Ladder programs are used to write data to this area.
Written values are acquired by the KV-N3AM automatically during each scan without using relay
operations performed by ladder programs.

CH DM Number Name See Page


N + 014 Reserved for the system -
CH0
N + 015 Special data offset 3-46

3 CH1
N

N
+ 016
+ 017
Reserved for the system
Special data offset
-
3-46
Lists of Used Devices

N + 018 Output data 3-26


CH2
N + 019 Output data offset 3-64

 Output data
The source values for D/A conversion are stored as output data in data memory.
If you are using functions such as the scaling function or output data offset function, the output data is
processed by the active functions, D/A converted, and then generated.
"Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)" (page 3-31)
If data is outside of the ranges specified in the D/A conversion tables, the maximum or minimum values
of the D/A conversion tables are generated.
"A/D and D/A Conversion Tables" (page 3-13)

Output data is read from the following data memory entry automatically during each scan.
CH number CH2
DM number N + 018
N : Leading DM number

3-26 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-8 Lists of Used Devices

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


 Set value communication area
Ladder programs are used to write data to this area.
However, you can only use this area when you select "DM selection" for each appropriate item in the
unit settings.
If you select "Unit Editor selection," this area will not be used.
The KV-N3AM acquires the values written to this area when:
• Power is turned on.
• The base unit is switched from PROG mode to RUN mode. 3
• The A/D setting update request relay ( N + 001; only for the CH0 and CH1 parameters) is switched

Lists of Used Devices


from OFF to ON by a ladder program.
• The D/A setting update request relay ( N + 009; only for the CH2 parameter) is switched from OFF
to ON by a ladder program.

CH DM Number Name See Page


N + 022 Scaling upper limit
3-35
N + 023 Scaling lower limit
N + 024 Averaging constant 3-37
CH0 N + 025 Comparator upper limit ON level
N + 026 Comparator upper limit OFF level
3-40
N + 027 Comparator lower limit OFF level
N + 028 Comparator lower limit ON level
N + 029 Scaling upper limit
3-35
N + 030 Scaling lower limit
N + 031 Averaging constant 3-37
CH1 N + 032 Comparator upper limit ON level
N + 033 Comparator upper limit OFF level
3-40
N + 034 Comparator lower limit OFF level
N + 035 Comparator lower limit ON level
N + 036 Scaling upper limit
3-56
N + 037 Scaling lower limit
N + 038 Reserved for the system -
CH2 N + 039 Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value
3-58
N + 040 Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value
N + 041 Reserved for the system
-
N + 042 Reserved for the system

A/D conversion: "How to Use DM Selection to Change Settings" (page 3-52)


D/A conversion: "How to Use DM Selection to Change Settings" (page 3-66)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-27


3-8 Lists of Used Devices
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

List of Relays

The names and contents of the relays that the KV-N3AM occupies are shown below.
( n : Leading relay number)
n + 000 to 215: readable and writable area, n + 300 to 515: read-only area

CH Relay Number Name See Page

3
n + 000 Reserved for the system -
n + 001 A/D setting update request 3-52
n + 002
Lists of Used Devices

to Reserved for the system -


n + 008
Common
n + 009 D/A setting update request 3-66
n + 010
to Reserved for the system -
n + 014
n + 015 Error clear 3-73
n + 100 Zero drift 3-48
n + 101 Hold 3-50
n + 102 Disconnection detection clear 3-44
CH0 n + 103 Comparator reset 3-40
n + 104
to Reserved for the system -
n + 107
n + 108 Zero drift 3-48
n + 109 Hold 3-50
n + 110 Disconnection detection clear 3-44
CH1 n + 111 Comparator reset 3-40
n + 112
to Reserved for the system -
n + 115
n + 200 Upper/lower limit alarm clear 3-58
n + 201
CH2
to Reserved for the system -
n + 215
n + 300 A/D conversion in progress -
n + 301 A/D setting update complete 3-52
n + 302
to Reserved for the system -
n + 307
Common n + 308 D/A conversion in progress -
n + 309 D/A setting update complete 3-66
n + 310
to Reserved for the system -
n + 314
n + 315 Error 3-73
n + 400 Zero drift in progress 3-48
n + 401 Hold in progress 3-50
n + 402 Disconnection detection 3-44
n + 403 Comparator upper limit
CH0 3-40
n + 404 Comparator lower limit
n + 405
to Reserved for the system -
n + 407

3-28 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-8 Lists of Used Devices

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


CH Relay Number Name See Page
n + 408 Zero drift in progress 3-48
n + 409 Hold in progress 3-50
n + 410 Disconnection detection 3-44
n + 411 Comparator upper limit
CH1 3-40
n + 412 Comparator lower limit
n + 413
to Reserved for the system -
n

n
+ 415
+ 500 Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit
3
3-58
n + 501 Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit

Lists of Used Devices


CH2 n + 502
to Reserved for the system -
n + 515

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-29


3-9 Functional Block Diagrams
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion)

This section shows the processing sequence used by the KV-N3AM to process the functions related to
A/D conversion.

A/D conversion

3
Functional Block Diagrams

Analog data
calculation

Analog data A/D converted Zero clip Disconnection


( CH0: + 002
) data
N
page 3-43 detection
CH1: N + 007
page 3-25
( CH0:
CH1:
N
N
+ 000
+ 005
)
page 3-25
Averaging Disconnection
page 3-37 detection relay
( CH0:
CH1:
n
n
+ 402
+ 410
)
page 3-44
Scaling
page 3-35

Other functions Special data


• Temperature shift compensation offset

( CH0: + 015
)
N
(page 3-32)
CH1: N + 017
• Channel skip page 3-46
(page 3-33)

Zero drift
( CH0:
CH1:
n
n
+ 100
+ 108
)
page 3-48

Peak and bottom Special data


Comparator
( CH0: + 001
)
N
hold
CH1: N + 006
page 3-25

Peak value Comparator upper


Bottom value limit relay
( CH0:
CH1:
N
N
+ 003 or 004
+ 008 or 009 ) Comparator lower
limit relay
page 3-50
( CH0:
CH1:
n
n
+ 403 or 404
+ 411 or 412 )
page 3-40

3-30 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-9 Functional Block Diagrams

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)

This section shows the processing sequence used by the KV-N3AM to process the functions related to
D/A conversion.

Output data
(CH2: N + 018)
page 3-26
3

Functional Block Diagrams


Error hold
page 3-62

Output data offset


(CH2: N + 019)
page 3-64

Upper/lower limit alarm Upper/lower limit alarm


+ output limit upper limit relay
page 3-58 and page 3-61
Upper/lower limit alarm
lower limit relay
(CH2: n + 500 or 501)
page 3-58
Scaling
page 3-56

D/A conversion
Other functions
• Channel skip
(page 3-54)
Analog data
• Output in PROG mode
(CH2: N + 010)
(page 3-63)
page 3-25

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-31


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Temperature Shift Compensation Function

If you use the temperature shift compensation function, you can obtain high conversion accuracy
(0.3% for voltage and 0.4% for current) over the whole usable temperature range (0 to 55C).
"Performance Specifications" (page 3-5)

 Configuring settings

3 Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the temperature shift compensation function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
The temperature shift compensation function of
Temperature shift Enabled Default value
analog input will be enabled.
compensation No
The temperature shift compensation function of
(only input) Disabled
analog input will be disabled.

 Details
If you use the temperature shift compensation function, the A/D converted data update period takes an
additional 80 µs.
• When you are using the temperature shift compensation function
A/D converted data update period = conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for A/D
and D/A conversion + 80 µs
• When you are not using the temperature shift compensation function
A/D converted data update period = conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for A/D
and D/A conversion

3-32 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Channel Skip Function

You can use this function to specify which channels conversion will be skipped for. For each
unnecessary channel that you skip, you can make the conversion speed faster by 80 µs.

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the channel skip function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)
3

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion


Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
A/D conversion will be performed on this
Disable Default value
channel.
Channel skip No
A/D conversion will not be performed on this
Enable
channel.

 Details
If you disable the channel skip function, A/D conversion will be performed for the channel. If you enable
the channel skip function, A/D conversion will not be performed for the channel.
In addition, even when you enable the channel skip function, there are no changes made to the device
assignments, so the value "0" is stored for the A/D converted data, special data, and analog data of the
skipped channels (CH0: N + 000, 001, and 002; CH1: N + 005, 006, and 007). However, values are
only stored when power is turned on, when you change from PROG mode to RUN mode, and when
settings are updated.

The converted data update period varies as shown below depending on the number of channels that
you are converting and on whether you are using the temperature shift compensation function.
• When you are using the temperature shift compensation function
A/D converted data update period = conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for A/D
and D/A conversion + 80 µs
• When you are not using the temperature shift compensation function
A/D converted data update period = conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for A/D
and D/A conversion

"Temperature Shift Compensation Function" (page 3-32)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-33


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Input Range Setting

Select an input range that is appropriate for the level of the analog signal that you want to apply.

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to set the input range.

3 "2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)


Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
-10 to +10V Default value Resolution: 2.5 mV (-4000 to +4000)
0 to 10V Resolution: 2.5 mV (0 to 4000)
Voltage
0 to 5V Resolution: 1.25 mV (0 to 4000)
Input range No
1 to 5V Resolution: 1.25 mV (0 to 3200)
0 to 20mA Resolution: 5 µA (0 to 4000)
Current
4 to 20mA Resolution: 5 µA (0 to 3200)

"A/D and D/A Conversion Tables" (page 3-13)

3-34 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Scaling Function

The scaling function converts (scales) the A/D converted data to values that are within the range of the
set upper and lower limits, and then stores these values in the special data (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N +
006).
"Special data" (page 3-25)
"Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion)" (page 3-30)

3
 Configuring settings

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion


Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to configure the scaling function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
Disabled Default value The scaling function will be disabled.
Scaling No
Enabled The scaling function will be enabled.
Unit Editor selection The Unit Editor will be used to specify the upper
Default value and lower scaling limits directly.
Scaling Data memory values will be used to specify the
No
selection upper and lower scaling limits.
DM selection
"Specifying DM selection for settings" (page
3-52)
Scaling -31999 to 32000
Yes
upper limit ( Default value : 32000) If you set "Scaling selection" to "Unit Editor
Scaling -32000 to 31999 selection," enter these values.
Yes
lower limit ( Default value : -32000)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-35


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

 Details
The scaled values are stored in the "special data" data memory entry (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006).
Set the scaling upper limit to a value that corresponds to the A/D converted data upper limit of 4000
(3200 when the output range is set to "1 to 5V" or "4 to 20mA"). Set the scaling lower limit to a value
that corresponds to the output data lower limit of 0 (-4000 when the output range is set to "-10 to
+10V").
The scaling upper and lower limits can be set within the range of -32000 to +32000.
3 However, you cannot configure the settings so that the scaling upper limit is less than or equal to the
scaling lower limit.
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

The scaling function uses the following formulae to calculate A/D converted data.
Reference
When the input range is set to "0 to 10V," "0 to 5V," or "0 to 20mA"
Scaled value = A/D converted data × (upper limit - lower limit)/4000
(Special data)

When the input range is set to "1 to 5V" or "4 to 20mA"


Scaled value = A/D converted data × (upper limit - lower limit)/3200
(Special data)

When the input range is set to "-10 to +10V"


Scaled value= (A/D converted data + 4000) × (upper limit - lower limit)/8000 +
lower limit
(Special data)

Example When the input range is set to 1 to 5V, and the A/D converted data of 0 to 3200 is scaled to
1000 to 5000 and stored in the special data:
Input range: 1 to 5V
A/D converted data: 0 to 3200 (CH0: N + 000, CH1: N + 005)
Scaled value: 1000 to 5000 (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006)
(Special data)

Scaled value (special data)

Upper limit→5000

Lower limit→1000 Input voltage


1 2 3 4 5 (V)

Input Signal A/D Converted Data Scaled Value (Special Data)


1V 0 1000
2V 800 2000
3V 1600 3000
4V 2400 4000
5V 3200 5000

3-36 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Averaging Function

The averaging function averages the A/D converted data within the unit and stores the result in the
special data (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006). Use this function to reduce the influence of noise and
other similar factors on the input signal when these factors are causing input signal fluctuations.
"Special data" (page 3-25)
"Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion)" (page 3-30)

3
 Configuring settings

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion


Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to configure the averaging function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
Averaging will not be executed. For each A/D
Disabled Default value conversion, the A/D converted data will be
stored in the special data.
Simple averaging will be executed over the
Simple average
number of A/D conversions that you specify. The
(count selection)
result will be stored in the special data.
Averaging No
Simple averaging will be executed over the
Simple average
length of time that you specify. The result will be
(time selection)
stored in the special data.
Moving averaging will be executed over the
Moving average number of A/D conversions that you specify. The
result will be stored in the special data.
Unit Editor selection The Unit Editor will be used to specify the
Default value averaging constants directly.
Averaging Data memory values will be used to specify the
No
constant selection averaging constants.
DM selection
"How to Use DM Selection to Change
Settings" (page 3-52)

Simple averaging 2 to 60000 "Simple average (count selection)" (page 3-


Yes
count ( Default value : 2) 38)

Simple averaging 1 to 1500 "Simple average (time selection)" (page 3-


Yes
time(ms) ( Default value : 1) 38)
Moving Average 2 to 64
Yes "Moving average" (page 3-39)
count ( Default value : 2)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-37


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

 Simple average (count selection)


Simple averaging is executed over the number of A/D conversions that you specify. The result is stored
in the special data (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006). Results are stored in the special data each time that
averaging is completed. Any values after the decimal point are rounded off.

Averaging Constant
Value DM Selection
Selection
Number of times to 2 to 60000
Yes
3 average (default value: 2)
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

• Before the first averaging operation is completed, the data immediately after the A/D
Reference
conversion started (without averaging) is stored in the special data.
• Before the first averaging operation is completed, the peak and bottom hold function
and the comparator function do not operate.

 Number of times to average and special data update period


When you are using the averaging function (with the number of times to average specified), the special
data update period is calculated with the following formula.
Special data update period = number of times to average × A/D converted data update
period
For details on the A/D converted data update period, see "Converted data update period" (page 3-12).

Example Operation when the number of times to perform averaging is set to 5

A/D converted data


A/D conversion starts update period

A/D converted data D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11

( CH0: N + 000
CH1: N + 005 )

Special data D1 AVG1 AVG2


CH0: N + 001
(CH1: N + 006 ) AVG1= (D1+D2+D3+D4+D5)/5
AVG2= (D6+D7+D8+D9+D10)/5

 Simple average (time selection)


Simple averaging is performed over the length of time that you specify. The result is stored in the
special data (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006). Results are stored in the special data each time that
averaging is completed. Any values after the decimal point are rounded off.

Averaging Constant
Value DM Selection
Selection
Length of time to 1 to 1500
Yes
average (ms) (default value: 1)

• Before the first averaging operation is completed, the data immediately after the A/D
Reference
conversion started (without averaging) is stored in the special data.
• Before the first averaging operation is completed, the peak and bottom hold function
and the comparator function do not operate.

3-38 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


 Averaging time and number of A/D converted data entries to average
When you are using the averaging function (with the length of time to average specified), the number of
A/D converted data entries to average is calculated with the following formula.
Number of A/D converted data entries to average = averaging time / A/D converted data
update period
For details on the A/D converted data update period, see "Converted data update period" (page 3-12).

Example Operation when the number of channels used for A/D conversion is 2, the temperature shift
compensation function is enabled and the averaging time is set to 6 ms
A/D converted data update period = conversion speed of 80 µs × 2 channels + 80 µs (for
3
temperature shift compensation) = 240 µs

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion


Number of A/D converted data entries to average = 6 ms / 240 µs = 25
A/D converted data
A/D conversion starts update period

A/D converted data D1 D2 ・


・・ D24 D25 D26 D27 ・
・・ D49 D50 D51
CH0: n + 000
(CH1: n + 005 )

Special data D1 AVG1 AVG2


CH0: n + 001
(CH1: n + 006 ) AVG1= (D1+D2+…+D24+D25)/25
AVG2= (D26+D27+…+D49+D50)/25

 Moving average
Moving averaging is performed over the number of A/D conversions that you specify. The result is
stored in the special data (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006). In the averaged result, any values after the
decimal point are rounded off.
Averaging Constant
Value DM Selection
Selection
Moving Average count 2 to 64 (default value: 2) Yes

• Before the first averaging operation is completed, the data immediately after the A/D
Reference
conversion started (without averaging) is stored in the special data.
• Before the first averaging operation is completed, the peak and bottom hold function
and the comparator function do not operate.

Example Operation when the moving average count is set to 5

A/D converted data


A/D conversion starts update period

A/D converted data D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10


CH0: N + 000
( CH1: N + 005 )

Special data D1 AVG1 AVG2 AVG3 AVG4 AVG5 AVG6


CH0: N + 001
(CH1: N + 006 ) AVG1= (D1+D2+D3+D4+D5)/5
AVG2= (D2+D3+D4+D5+D6)/5
AVG3= (D3+D4+D5+D6+D7)/5
AVG4= (D4+D5+D6+D7+D8)/5
AVG5= (D5+D6+D7+D8+D9)/5
AVG6= (D6+D7+D8+D9+D10)/5

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-39


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Comparator Function

When you use the comparator function, the KV-N3AM compares the special data (CH0: N + 001,
CH1: N + 006) and the comparator upper and lower limits, and turns the comparator upper limit relay
and comparator lower limit relay ON and OFF.
"Special data" (page 3-25)

 Configuring settings
3 Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to configure the comparator function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
Disabled Default value The comparator function will be disabled.
Comparator No
Enabled The comparator function will be enabled.
The Unit Editor will be used to specify the
Unit Editor selection
comparator upper and lower limit ON and OFF
Default value
levels.
Comparator val Data memory values will be used to specify the
No
selection comparator upper and lower limit ON and OFF
DM selection levels.
"How to Use DM Selection to Change
Settings" (page 3-52)
Comparator upper -32000 to 32000
Yes If you set "Comparator val selection" to "Unit
limit ON level ( Default value : 32000)
Editor selection," enter these values.
Comparator upper -32000 to 32000
Yes Configure the settings so that "Comparator
limit OFF level ( Default value : 32000)
lower limit ON level" is less than or equal to
Comparator lower -32000 to 32000
Yes "Comparator lower limit OFF level" and
limit ON level ( Default value : -32000)
"Comparator upper limit OFF level" is less than
Comparator lower -32000 to 32000 or equal to "Comparator upper limit ON level."
Yes
limit OFF level ( Default value : -32000)

 Details
The comparator function operates independently on each channel.
The comparator function operates on the result of the zero clip, averaging, scaling, special data offset,
and zero drift functions.
"Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion)" (page 3-30)

The comparator upper limit relay, comparator lower limit relay, and comparator reset relay are assigned
as shown below.
When you turn the comparator reset relay ON, the comparator upper limit relay and comparator lower
limit relay are forcibly turned OFF.
CH number CH0 CH1
Comparator upper limit relay n + 403 n + 411
Comparator lower limit relay n + 404 n + 412
Comparator reset relay n + 103 n + 111
n : Leading relay number

3-40 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


 Operations of the comparator upper limit relay and comparator lower limit relay
The comparator function relays operate as shown below.

Special data

Comparator upper
limit ON level
Comparator upper
limit OFF level

Comparator lower
3

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion


limit OFF level
Comparator lower
limit ON level
Time

(3) (4)
Comparator upper
limit relay

(1) (2) (5)


Comparator lower
limit relay

(1) KV-N3AM The special data is less than the comparator lower limit ON level, so the
comparator lower limit relay is turned ON.
(2) KV-N3AM The special data is greater than the comparator lower limit OFF level, so the
comparator lower limit relay is turned OFF.
(3) KV-N3AM The special data is greater than the comparator upper limit ON level, so the
comparator upper limit relay is turned ON.
(4) KV-N3AM The special data is less than the comparator upper limit OFF level, so the
comparator upper limit relay is turned OFF.
(5) KV-N3AM The special data is less than the comparator lower limit ON level, so the
comparator lower limit relay is turned ON.

• If the comparator upper limit (or lower limit) ON level is equal to the comparator upper
Reference
limit (or lower limit) OFF level and if the special data reaches this value, the
comparator upper limit (or lower limit) relay is turned ON.
• When the base unit is switched from PROG mode to RUN mode, the comparator
upper limit (lower limit) relay is temporarily turned OFF.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-41


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

 Operations of the comparator reset relay


The comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay and comparator reset relay operate as shown below.

(2) (4)
Comparator upper limit
(lower limit) relay When the special data
has exceeded the
comparator upper limit
(1) (3) ON level (or fallen below

3 Comparator
reset relay
the comparator lower
limit ON level)
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

Comparator reset
enabled period

(1) Ladder program The comparator reset relay is turned ON.


(2) KV-N3AM The comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay is forcibly turned OFF.
(3) Ladder program The comparator reset relay is turned OFF.
(4) KV-N3AM When the special data exceeds (or falls below) the comparator upper limit (or
lower limit) ON level, the comparator upper limit (or lower limit) relay is turned
ON. While the special data is less than or equal to the comparator upper limit
ON level (or is greater than or equal to the comparator lower limit ON level), the
comparator upper limit (or lower limit) relay remains turned OFF.

3-42 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Zero Clip Function

The zero clip function limits the A/D converted data (CH0: N + 000, CH1: N + 005) to the upper or
lower limit when the A/D converted data exceeds the upper or lower limits of the input range and stores
the result in the special data (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006). When you are using an input range that
has a lower limit of 0, you can use this function to ensure that values do not become negative.
"Special data" (page 3-25)
"Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion)" (page 3-30) 3

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion


 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the zero clip function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
Enabled Default value The zero clip function will be enabled.
Zero clip No
Disabled The zero clip function will be disabled.

 Details
The input ranges, maximum input ranges of the analog input signals, and the values that are stored in
the "special data" data memory entry are shown below.

Value Stored in Special


Max. Input Data
Input Range
Range
Zero Clip: "Disabled" Zero Clip: "Enabled"
-10 to +10V -10.5 V to +10.5 V -4200 to 4200 -4000 to 4000
0 to 10V -0.5 V to +10.5 V -200 to 4200 0 to 4000
0 to 5V -0.25 V to +5.25 V -200 to 4200 0 to 4000
1 to 5V -0.25 V to +5.25 V -1000 to 3400 0 to 3200
0 to 20mA -1 mA to +21 mA -200 to 4200 0 to 4000
4 to 20mA -1 mA to +21 mA -1000 to 3400 0 to 3200
"A/D and D/A Conversion Tables" (page 3-13)

• The zero clip function is only valid for special data. Even if you set the zero clip
Reference
function to "Enabled," the zero clip function will not be executed for A/D converted
data and analog data.
• Even if you set the zero clip function to "Enabled," if you use the scaling, special data
offset, or zero drift function, depending on the input voltage (current), negative values
may be stored in the special data.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-43


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Disconnection Detection Function

The disconnection detection function detects the input signal falling below a set value as indicating that
there is a disconnection in the signal line. In this situation, the function turns disconnection detection
relay ON. This function can only be used when the input range is set to "1 to 5V" or "4 to 20mA."
"Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion)" (page 3-30)

3  Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the disconnection detection function.
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
The disconnection detection function will be
Disabled Default value
Line break disabled.
No
detection The disconnection detection function will be
Enabled
enabled.

 Details
When the input signal falls below the following thresholds, the disconnection detection relay is turned
ON.

Disconnection Detection
Input Range
Threshold
1 to 5V 0.5 V
4 to 20mA 2 mA

The disconnection detection function operates independently on each channel.


The relays related to the disconnection detection function are shown below.

CH number CH0 CH1


Disconnection detection relay n + 402 n + 410
Disconnection detection clear
n + 102 n + 110
relay
n : Leading relay number

• You cannot use the disconnection detection function with input ranges other than the
Reference
"1 to 5V" and "4 to 20mA" ranges.
• When the base unit is switched from PROG mode to RUN mode, the disconnection
detection relay is temporarily turned OFF.

3-44 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


 Operations of the disconnection detection relay and disconnection detection
clear relay
The disconnection detection relay and disconnection detection clear relay operate as shown below.

The input signal fell


below 0.5 V or 2 mA.

(5)

3
(1) (3)
Disconnection
detection relay When the input signal

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion


has fallen below 0.5 V
or 2 mA
(2) (4)
Disconnection
detection
clear relay Disconnection
detection clear
enabled period

(1) KV-N3AM When the input signal falls below 0.5 V or 2 mA, the disconnection detection
relay is turned ON.
(2) Ladder program The disconnection detection clear relay is turned ON.
(3) KV-N3AM The disconnection detection relay is turned OFF.
(4) Ladder program The disconnection detection clear relay is turned OFF.
(5) KV-N3AM When the input signal falls below 0.5 V or 2 mA, the disconnection detection
relay is turned ON. While the input signal is not lower than these values, the
disconnection detection relay remains turned OFF.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-45


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Special Data Offset Function

The special data offset function adds to the special data (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006) the offset
values stored in the devices occupied by the KV-N3AM, and then generates the result.

Value stored in special data = KV-N3AM internal data + special data offset value

3 Use this function when you want to correct the A/D converted data using DM values.
"Special data" (page 3-25)
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

"Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion)" (page 3-30)

 Configuring settings
There are no settings that you need to configure to use the special data offset function.

 Details
The special data offset function operates independently on each channel.
The special data offset values are assigned to the following data memory entries and are read by the
KV-N3AM during each scan. Therefore, you do not have to use a ladder program to operate the relays.
If you will not use this function, store "0" in the following data memory entries.

CH number CH0 CH1


DM number N + 015 N + 017
N : Leading DM number

The special data offset values can be set in the signed 16-bit data range (-32768 to 32767).
When you use the special data offset function, the special data can be changed such that the changed
value exceeds the input range and enters the signed 16-bit range (-32768 to 32767).
If special data exceeds the signed 16-bit range due to the addition of the special data offset value, the
special data is clipped to the lower limit (-32768) or upper limit (32767).
The special data offset function is executed on the result of the zero clip, averaging, and scaling
functions.

The KV-N3AM always reads the special data offset value DM entries. The special
Point
data offset function cannot be disabled. Therefore, note that if you store a value
other than "0" in the special data offset value, the special data will be offset.

3-46 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Example 1 When the input range is set to "-10 to +10V" (the scaling is set to "Disabled")

A/D Converted Special Data On


Input Voltage Special Data
Data Offset Value Graph
0 -4000 to 4000 (1)
5000 +1000 to 9000 (2)
-10 to +10V -4000 to 4000 30000 +26000 to 32767 (3)
-5000 -9000 to -1000 (4)
-30000 -32768 to -26000 (5)
3
Special data

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion


32767 (3)

10000
(2)
5000
(1)

-10 -5 0 +55 +10


10
Input voltage (V)
(4)
-5000

-10000
(5)

−32768

Example 2 When the input range is set to "1 to 5V" (the scaling is set to "Disabled")

A/D Converted Special Data On


Input Voltage Special Data
Data Offset Value Graph
0 0 to 3200 (1)
5000 5000 to 8200 (2)
0 to 32
1 to 5V 30000 30000 to 32767 (3)
00
-5000 -5000 to -1800 (4)
-30000 -30000 to -26800 (5)

Special data
32767 (3)

10000
(2)
5000
(1)

0 +1 +5
Input voltage (V)
(4)
-5000

-10000
(5)

-32768

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-47


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Zero Drift Function

The zero drift function sets the special data to 0 when the zero drift relay changes from OFF to ON.
Special data is stored in CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006. When the zero drift relay changes from OFF to
ON, the KV-N3AM records the special data as the zero drift reference value. While the zero drift relay is
turned ON, the zero drift reference value is subtracted from the special data, and the result is stored.
You can use the zero drift function whenever you want to correct the special data.
3
Value stored in special data = KV-N3AM internal data - zero drift reference value
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

"Special data" (page 3-25)


"Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion)" (page 3-30)

 Configuring settings
There are no settings that you need to configure to use the zero drift function.

 Details
The zero drift relays are assigned to the following relays and are read by the KV-N3AM during each
scan.
If you will not use the zero drift function, do not turn the zero drift relays ON.
The KV-N3AM writes the zero drift in progress relay during each scan.

CH number CH0 CH1


Zero drift relay n + 100 n + 108
Zero drift in progress relay n + 400 n + 408
n : Leading relay number

When the zero drift relay changes from ON to OFF, the special data is set to the normal KV-N3AM
internal data, and the zero drift reference value is discarded.
The zero drift function operates independently on each channel.
When you use the zero drift function, the special data can be changed such that the changed value
exceeds the input range and enters the signed 16-bit range (-32768 to 32767).
If special data exceeds the signed 16-bit range due to use of the zero drift function, the special data is
clipped to the lower limit (-32768) or upper limit (32767).
The zero drift function operates on the result of the zero clip, averaging, scaling, and special data offset
functions.

3-48 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


 Operations of devices related to the zero drift function
The zero drift function relays and data operate as shown below.

(1) (4)

Zero drift relay

3
(2) (5)

Zero drift in
progress relay

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion


KV-N3AM internal
data (example) 12 15 10 12 15 23 19 18 17 16 15

(3) (6)

Special data DM 12 15 0 2 5 13 9 18 17 16
value (example)

Zero drift enabled period

(1) Ladder program The zero drift relay is turned ON.


(2) KV-N3AM The zero drift in progress relay is turned ON.
(3) KV-N3AM The internal data ("10" in the above figure) that is present when the zero drift
relay changes from OFF to ON is recorded as the zero drift reference value.
From this point, while the zero drift function is enabled, the zero drift reference
value is subtracted, and the result is stored in the special data.
(4) Ladder program The zero drift relay is turned OFF.
(5) KV-N3AM The zero drift in progress relay is turned OFF.
(6) KV-N3AM From this point on, internal data is stored as-is in the special data. The zero drift
reference value is discarded.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-49


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Peak and Bottom Hold Function

The peak and bottom hold function stores the peak and bottom values of the special data in separate
data memory entries that the KV-N3AM occupies while the hold relay is turned ON. Special data is
stored in CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006.
"Special data" (page 3-25)
"Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion)" (page 3-30)

3
 Configuring settings
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

There are no settings that you need to configure to use the peak and bottom hold function.

 Details
The hold relays are assigned to the following relays and are read by the KV-N3AM during each scan.
If you will not use the peak and bottom hold function, do not turn the hold relays ON.
The KV-N3AM writes the peak and bottom hold in progress relay during each scan.

CH number CH0 CH1


Hold relay n + 101 n + 109
Hold in progress relay n + 401 n + 409
n : Leading relay number

The peak and bottom values are stored in the following data memory entries.

CH number CH0 CH1


Peak value N + 003 N + 008
Bottom value N + 004 N + 009
N : Leading DM number

Updates are made to the peak and bottom values by the peak and bottom hold function once per A/D
conversion performed within the KV-N3AM, so these updates are not affected by the scan time of the
base unit.
The peak and bottom hold function operates independently on each channel.
The peak and bottom hold function operates on the result of the zero clip, averaging, scaling, special
data offset, and zero drift functions.

If you are using the simple average (count selection or time selection) or moving
Reference
average function, the peak and bottom values will not be updated until the first
averaging operation is completed.
• "Averaging Function" (page 3-37)

3-50 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


 Operations of devices related to the peak and bottom hold function
The peak and bottom hold function relays and data operate as shown below.

(1) (4)

Hold relay

(2) (5)

Hold in
progress relay
3

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion


Special data 12 15 10 12 15 23 11 17 25 16 9
(example)
(3) (6)

Peak value * * * 12 15 23 23 23 23 23 23
(example)
(3) (6)

Bottom value * * * 12 12 12 11 11 11 11 11
(example)
Peak and bottom hold
enabled period

* This is the value that was stored before the hold in progress relay turned ON.

(1) Ladder program The hold relay is turned ON.


(2) KV-N3AM The hold in progress relay is turned ON.
(3) KV-N3AM The special data that is present when the hold in progress relay changes from
OFF to ON is stored in data memory as the peak and bottom values. From this
point on, while the peak and bottom hold function is enabled, each time that the
special data is larger (smaller) than the value stored in the peak value (bottom
value), the peak value (bottom value) is updated.
(4) Ladder program The hold relay is turned OFF.
(5) KV-N3AM The hold in progress relay is turned OFF.
(6) KV-N3AM The peak value and bottom value are set to the values that were present
immediately before the hold in progress relay was turned OFF and will no longer
be updated.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-51


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

How to Use DM Selection to Change Settings

This section describes how to use DM selection to change settings.

 Specifying DM selection for settings


Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to set various selection methods to "DM selection."

3
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

The settings that you can set to "DM selection" and their corresponding value ranges are shown below.

DM Number See
Function Setting Value
CH0 CH1 Page
Scaling upper limit*1 N + 022 N + 029 -31999 to 32000
Scaling 3-35
Scaling lower limit*1 N + 023 N + 030 -32000 to 31999
Simple averaging count 2 to 60000
N + 024 N + 031
Averaging Simple averaging time(ms) 1 to 1500 3-37
Moving Average count N + 025 N + 032 2 to 64
Comparator upper limit ON level*2 N + 026 N + 033 -32000 to 32000
Comparator upper limit OFF level*2 N + 027 N + 034 -32000 to 32000
Comparator 3-40
Comparator lower limit OFF level*3 -32000 to 32000
N + 028 N + 035
Comparator lower limit ON level*3 -32000 to 32000
*1 You cannot configure the settings so that the scaling upper limit is less than or equal to the scaling lower limit.
*2 You cannot configure the settings so that the comparator upper limit ON level is less than the comparator upper limit
OFF level.
*3 You cannot configure the settings so that the comparator lower limit OFF level is less than the comparator lower limit
ON level.

 Timing of setting updates when using DM selection


The KV-N3AM reads and updates the DM values of settings that are set to DM selection when:
(1) Power is turned on.
(2) The base unit is switched from PROG mode to RUN mode.
(3) The A/D setting update request relay ( n + 001) is changed from OFF to ON.

3-52 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


• All settings that are set to DM selection are updated in the above situations. Some of
Reference the settings cannot be updated. In situation (3), the A/D setting update request relay
changing from OFF to ON, the setting of CH2 cannot be changed.
• Settings that are not set to DM selection (those that you are using the Unit Editor to
specify), are not changed even if you store values in the DM entries of the
corresponding setting communication area.
• In the above setting update situations, if a DM value is outside of the corresponding
setting range, a unit error will occur on the KV-N3AM, and A/D conversion will not be
performed. In this case, the error relay ( n + 315) will be turned ON.
• To restart the A/D conversion, clear the unit error, change the DM value so that it is
within the setting range, and then execute one of the above setting update situations
(1) to (3).
3
• When power off holding is not performed on the value of the target DM, A/D

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion


conversion on all channels stops between the power being turned ON and the unit
entering RUN mode. If a value that is within the setting range is stored during the first
scan that is performed after operation starts (when CR2008 is turned ON or when
executed within an initialization module), the A/D conversion is started without a unit
error occurring.

 Details on using the setting update request relay to update settings

(1) (5)
A numerical value A numerical value A numerical value
Setting DM outside of
within the setting range the setting range within the setting range

A/D setting update (1) (3) (5) (7) (8) (10)


request relay
( + 001)

A/D setting update (2) (4) (9) (11)


complete relay
( + 301)

(6) (13)

Error relay
( + 315)

(12)

Error clear relay


( + 015)

(1) Ladder program The new values are stored in the DM entries of the settings that are set to
DM selection, and the setting update request relay is turned ON (these
operations can be performed in the same scan).
(2) KV-N3AM When the setting update has been completed, the setting update
complete relay is turned ON.
(3) Ladder program The setting update request relay is turned OFF.
(4) KV-N3AM The setting update complete relay is turned OFF.
(5) Ladder program A value that is outside of the setting range is stored, and the setting
update request relay is turned ON.
(6) KV-N3AM The error relay is turned ON (the setting update complete relay is not turned
ON).
At the same time, an error code is stored in the DM entry ( N + 012).
(7) to (11) Ladder program The setting update request relay is turned OFF, a value that is within the
setting range is stored, and settings are updated again.
(12) Ladder program The error clear relay is turned ON.
(13) KV-N3AM The error relay is turned OFF.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-53


3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Channel Skip Function

You can use this function to specify which channels conversion will be skipped for. For each
unnecessary channel that you skip, you can make the conversion speed faster by 80 µs.

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the channel skip function.
3 "2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)
Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
D/A conversion will be executed on this
Disable Default value
channel.
Channel skip No
D/A conversion will not be executed on this
Enabled
channel.

 Details
If you disable the channel skip function, D/A conversion will be executed on the corresponding channel.
If you enable the channel skip function, D/A conversion will not be executed on the corresponding
channel.
In addition, even when you enable the channel skip function, there are no changes made to the device
assignments, so a voltage or current equivalent to 0 digit is stored in the analog data of the skipped
channels (CH2: N +010). However, values are only stored when power is turned on, when you change
from PROG mode to RUN mode, and when settings are updated.
The output data value (CH2: N + 018) is not changed.
The converted data update period varies as shown below depending on the number of channels that
you are using in the conversion and whether you are using the temperature shift compensation
function.
• When you are using the temperature shift compensation function
D/A converted data update period = conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for
A/D and D/A conversion + 80 µs

• When you are not using the temperature shift compensation function
D/A converted data update period = conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for
A/D and D/A conversion

"Temperature Shift Compensation Function" (page 3-32)

3-54 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Output Range Setting

Select an output range that is appropriate for the level of the analog signal that you want to generate.

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to set the output range.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)
3

Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion


Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
-10 to +10V
Resolution: 2.5 mV (-4000 to +4000)
Default value
Voltage 0 to 10V Resolution: 2.5 mV (0 to 4000)
Output range No 0 to 5V Resolution: 1.25 mV (0 to 4000)
1 to 5V Resolution: 1.25 mV (0 to 3200)
0 to 20mA Resolution: 5 µA (0 to 4000)
Current
4 to 20mA Resolution: 5 µA (0 to 3200)

"A/D and D/A Conversion Tables" (page 3-13)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-55


3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Scaling Function

The scaling function converts (scales) the output data to values that are within the range of the set
upper and lower limits.

 Configuring settings

3 Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to configure the scaling function.


"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)
Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
Disabled Default value The scaling function will be disabled.
Scaling No
Enabled The scaling function will be enabled.
Unit Editor selection The Unit Editor will be used to specify the
Default value upper and lower scaling limits directly.
Scaling Data memory values will be used to specify the
No
selection upper and lower scaling limits.
DM selection
"How to Use DM Selection to Change
Settings" (page 3-66)
Scaling -31999 to 32000
Yes
upper limit ( Default value : 32000) If you set "Scaling selection" to "Unit Editor
Scaling -32000 to 31999 selection," enter these values.
Yes
lower limit ( Default value : -32000)

 Details
The scaled values are stored in the "output data" data memory entry (CH2: N + 018). Set the scaling
upper limit to a value that corresponds to the output data upper limit of 4000 (3200 when the output
range is set to "1 to 5V" or "4 to 20mA"). Set the scaling lower limit to a value that corresponds to the
output data lower limit of 0 (-4000 when the output range is set to "-10 to 10V").
The scaling upper and lower limits can be set within the range of -32000 to +32000.
However, you cannot configure the settings so that the scaling upper limit is less than or equal to the
scaling lower limit.
"Output data" (page 3-26)
"Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)" (page 3-31)

3-56 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


The scaling function uses the following formulae to calculate the output data values.
Reference
When the output range is set to "0 to 10V," "0 to 5V," or "0 to 20mA"
D/A converted data = output data × 4000/(upper limit - lower limit)

When the output range is set to "1 to 5V" or "4 to 20mA"


D/A converted data = output data × 3200/(upper limit - lower limit)

When the output range is set to "-10 to 10V" 3


D/A converted data = (output data - lower limit) × 8000/(upper limit - lower limit) - 4000

Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion


Example When the output range is set to "1 to 5V" and the D/A converted data is in the range of 0 to
3200, the output data is specified to be in the range of 1000 to 5000
Output range : 1 to 5V
Output data : 1000 to 5000 (CH2: N + 018)
D/A converted data : 0 to 3200

Output data

Upper limit
→5000

Lower limit Output voltage


→1000 1 2 3 4 5 (V)

Output Signal Output Data D/A Converted Data


1V 1000 0
2V 2000 800
3V 3000 1600
4V 4000 2400
5V 5000 3200

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-57


3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Upper/Lower Limit Alarm Function

The upper/lower limit alarm function compares the output data (CH2: N + 018) and the upper limit value
and lower limit value of the upper/lower limit alarm, and turns the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit
relay and lower limit relay ON and OFF.
"Output data" (page 3-26)
"Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)" (page 3-31)

3  Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to configure the upper/lower limit alarm function.
Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
The upper/lower limit alarm function will be
Disabled Default value
Upper/lower disabled.
No
limit alarm The upper/lower limit alarm function will be
Enabled
enabled.
The Unit Editor will be used to specify the upper
Unit Editor selection
limit value and lower limit value of the upper/
Default value
lower limit alarm directly.
Upper/lower
Data memory values will be used to specify the
limit alarm No
upper limit value and lower limit value of the
selection
DM selection upper/lower limit alarm.
"How to Use DM Selection to Change
Settings" (page 3-66)
Upper/lower
-31999 to 32000
limit alarm Yes
( Default value : 32000)
upper limit value If you set "Upper/lower limit alarm selection" to
Upper/lower "Unit Editor selection," enter these values.
-32000 to 31999
limit alarm lower Yes
( Default value : -32000)
limit value

 Details
The upper/lower limit alarm function operates on the result of the output data offset function.
"Output Data Offset Function" (page 3-64)

When the upper/lower limit alarm clear relay is turned ON, the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay
and upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay are both forcibly turned OFF.
The upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay, upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay, and upper/lower
limit alarm clear relay are assigned as shown below.

CH number CH2
Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay n + 500
Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay n + 501
Upper/lower limit alarm clear relay n + 200

3-58 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


 Operations of the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay and upper/lower limit
alarm lower limit relay
The upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay and upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay operate as
shown below.

Output data

Upper/lower limit 3
alarm upper limit

Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion


value

Upper/lower limit
alarm lower limit
value
Time

(3) (4)
Upper/lower limit alarm
upper limit relay

(1)
(2) (5)
Upper/lower limit alarm
lower limit relay

(1) KV-N3AM Because the output data falls below the upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value,
the upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay is turned ON.
(2) KV-N3AM Because the output data exceeds the upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value,
the upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay is turned OFF.
(3) KV-N3AM Because the output data exceeds the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value,
the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay is turned ON.
(4) KV-N3AM Because the output data falls below the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value,
the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay is turned OFF.
(5) KV-N3AM Because the output data falls below the upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value,
the upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay is turned ON.

When the base unit is switched from PROG mode to RUN mode, the upper/lower limit
Reference
alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay is temporarily turned OFF.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-59


3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

 Operations of the upper/lower limit alarm reset relay


The upper/lower limit alarm reset relay operates as shown below.

(2) (4)
Upper/lower limit alarm
(lower limit) relay When the output data has
exceeded the upper/lower
limit alarm upper limit value
ON level (or fallen below the
3
(1) (3)
upper/lower limit alarm lower
Upper/lower limit limit value ON level)
alarm reset relay
Upper/lower limit
Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

alarm reset enabled


period

(1) Ladder program The upper/lower limit alarm reset relay is turned ON.
(2) KV-N3AM The upper/lower limit alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay is forcibly turned OFF.
(3) Ladder program The upper/lower limit alarm reset relay is turned OFF.
(4) KV-N3AM When the output data exceeds (falls below) the upper/lower limit alarm upper
limit value (lower limit value), the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit (lower limit)
relay is turned ON. While the output data does not exceed (fall below) the upper
limit value (lower limit value), the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit (lower limit)
relay remains turned OFF.

3-60 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Output Limit Function

The output limit function generates values at the set upper limit value or lower limit value when the
output data exceeds the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value or is lower than the upper/lower limit
alarm lower limit value. Output data is stored in (CH2: N + 018).
You can only set the output limit function when the upper/lower limit alarm function is set.
"Output data" (page 3-26)
"Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)" (page 3-31)
"Upper/Lower Limit Alarm Function" (page 3-58)
3

Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion


Example Output data 0 to 8000
Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value 6000
Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value 2000

Output data Value output to the unit


when the limit function
8000 is turned on
Value output to the unit
when the limit function
is turned off
Upper/lower limit alarm 6000
upper limit value

4000

Upper/lower limit alarm 2000


lower limit value

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the output limit function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
OFF Default value The output limit function will be disabled.
Output limit No
ON The output limit function will be enabled.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-61


3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Error Hold Function

The error hold function holds the output to peripherals when a unit error occurs on the KV-N3AM. If you
do not want to use this function, stop the output.
"Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)" (page 3-31)

 Configuring settings
3 Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the error hold function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)
Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
OFF Default value Output to peripherals will be stopped.
Error hold No The output state that was present immediately
ON
before the error occurred will be held.

 Details
If you set the error hold function to "OFF," the voltage and current when an error occurs will be as
shown below.

Voltage or Current
Output Range
When an Error Occurs
-10 to +10V
0V
0 to 5V
1 to 5V 1V
0 to 20mA 0 mA
4 to 20mA 4 mA

3-62 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Output in PROG Mode Function

The output in PROG mode function generates output to the peripherals when the base unit is in PROG
mode (when ladder program execution is stopped). If you do not want to use this function, stop the
output.
"Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)" (page 3-31)

 Configuring settings 3
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to configure the output in PROG mode function.

Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion


"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
Clear Default value Output to peripherals will be stopped.
Output in PROG
No The analog signal will be generated in the same
mode Output
manner as in RUN mode.

 Details
If you set the output in PROG mode function to "Clear," the voltage and current in PROG mode will be
as shown below.

Voltage or Current in
Output Range
PROG Mode
-10 to +10V
0V
0 to 5V
1 to 5V 1V
0 to 20mA 0 mA
4 to 20mA 4 mA

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-63


3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

Output Data Offset Function

The output data offset function adds the normal communication area output data offset to the output
data and generates the result. Use this function when you want to use DM values to correct the output
data.
"Output data" (page 3-26)
"Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)" (page 3-31)

3
 Configuring settings
Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

There are no settings that you need to configure to use the output data offset function.

 Details
The output data offset value is assigned to the following data memory entry and is read by the KV-
N3AM during each scan. Therefore, you do not have to use a ladder program to operate the relays.
If you will not use this function, store "0" in the following data memory entry.

CH number CH2
DM number N + 019
N : Leading DM number

If you need to hold settings when the power turns off, add the target DM entries to the
Reference
power off holding settings in the CPU system settings.

The output data offset value is set as signed 16-bit data (-32768 to 32767).
After the output data offset value is added to the output data, if the result is outside of the signed 16-bit
range, it will be clipped to the lower limit (-32768) or the upper limit (32767).

The KV-N3AM always reads the output data offset value DM. You cannot disable
Point
the output data offset function. Therefore, note that if you store a value other than
"0" in the output data offset value, the output data will be offset.

3-64 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


Example 1 When the output range is set to "-10 to +10V" (the scaling is set to "Disabled")

D/A Converted Output Data On


Output Voltage
Data Offset Value Graph
0 (1)
5000 (2)
-4000 to
-10 to +10V 30000 (3)
4000
-5000 (4)
-30000 (5)
3
Output voltage (V)

Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion


10

(3) (2) (1) (4) (5) Output data


-32768 -10000 -5000 0 5000 10000 32767

-5

-10

Example 2 When the output range is set to "1 to 5V" (the scaling is set to "Disabled")

D/A Converted Output Data On


Output Voltage
Data Offset Value Graph
0 (1)
4000 (2)
1 to 5V 0 to 3200 30000 (3)
-4000 (4)
-30000 (5)

Output voltage (V)

(3) (2) (1) (4) (5)


1

Output data
-32768 -10000 -5000 0 5000 10000 32767

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-65


3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

How to Use DM Selection to Change Settings

This section describes how to use DM selection to change settings.

 Specifying DM selection for settings


Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to set various selection methods to "DM selection."

3
Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

The settings that you can set to "DM selection" and their corresponding value ranges are shown below.

DM Number See
Function Setting Value
CH2 Page
Scaling upper limit*1 N + 036 -31999 to 32000
Scaling *1 3-56
Scaling lower limit N + 037 -32000 to 31999
Upper/lower limit Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value*2 N + 039 -31999 to 32000
*2 3-58
alarm Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value N + 040 -32000 to 31999
*1 You cannot configure the settings so that the scaling upper limit is less than or equal to the scaling lower limit.
*2 You cannot configure the settings so that the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value is less than or equal to the upper/
lower limit alarm lower limit value.

If you need to hold settings when the power turns off, add the target DM entries to the
Reference
power off holding settings in the CPU system settings.

 Update timing of settings that are set to DM selection


The KV-N3AM reads and updates the DM values of settings that are set to DM selection when:
(1) Power is turned on.
(2) The base unit is switched from PROG mode to RUN mode.
(3) The D/A setting update request relay ( n + 009) is changed from OFF to ON.
• All settings that are set to DM selection are updated in the above situations. Some of
Reference the settings cannot be updated. In situation (3), the D/A setting update request relay
changing from OFF to ON, the settings of CH0 and CH1 cannot be changed.
• Settings that are not set to DM selection (those that you are using the Unit Editor to
specify), are not changed even if you store values in the DM entries of the
corresponding setting communication area.
• In the above setting update situations, if a DM value is outside of the corresponding
setting range, a unit error will occur on the KV-N3AM, and D/A conversion will not be
performed. (In this case, the error relay ( n + 315) will be turned ON.) To restart the
D/A conversion, clear the unit error, change the DM value so that it is within the
setting range, and then execute one of the above setting update situations (1) to (3).
• When power off holding is not performed on the value of the target DM, D/A
conversion on all channels stops between the power being turned ON and the unit
entering RUN mode. If a value that is within the setting range is stored during the first
scan that is performed after operation starts (when CR2008 is turned ON or when
executed within an initialization module), the D/A conversion is started without a unit
error occurring.

3-66 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-11 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


 Details on using the setting update request relay to update settings

(1) (5)
A numerical value A numerical value A numerical value
Setting DM outside of
within the setting range the setting range within the setting range

A/D setting update (1) (3) (5) (7) (8) (10)

3
request relay
( + 001)

Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion


A/D setting update (2) (4) (9) (11)
complete relay
( + 301)

(6) (13)

Error relay
( + 315)

(12)

Error clear relay


( + 015)

(1) Ladder program The new values are stored in the DM entries of the settings that are set
to DM selection, and the setting update request relay is turned ON (these
operations can be performed in the same scan).
(2) KV-N3AM When the setting update has been completed, the setting update
complete relay is turned ON.
(3) Ladder program The setting update request relay is turned OFF.
(4) KV-N3AM The setting update complete relay is turned OFF.
(5) Ladder program A value that is outside of the setting range is stored, and the setting
update request relay is turned ON.
(6) KV-N3AM The error relay is turned ON (the setting update complete relay is not
turned ON).
At the same time, an error code is stored in the DM entry ( N + 012).
(7) to (11) Ladder program The setting update request relay is turned OFF, a value that is within the
setting range is stored, and settings are updated again.
(12) Ladder program The error clear relay is turned ON.
(13) KV-N3AM The error relay is turned OFF.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-67


3-12 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations
The Unit Monitor function of the KV STUDIO ladder support software displays the relays and DM values
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

that are being used by the monitored unit. The information is displayed in the most optimum manner for
the unit being monitored. This section describes how to view and operate the Unit Monitor.

Unit Monitor Overview

The Unit Monitor is a window that displays the relays and DM values that are being used by the
monitored unit. The information is displayed in the most optimum manner for the unit being monitored.
3
The Unit Monitor has the following characteristics.
Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

• DM entries and relays assigned to each unit can be displayed in the state that they were originally
registered.
• Monitoring is easy because prescribed display contents and layouts have been prepared for each
unit.
• You can monitor a unit simply by selecting it. You do not have to worry about the assignment status of
relays and DM entries.

You can only select the Unit Monitor from the menus during monitor mode and
Point
online edit mode.

Display of the Unit Monitor

Follow the procedure below to display the unit that you want to monitor.

1 On the "Monitor/Simulator" menu, click "Unit Monitor."


The "Select Unit Monitor" dialog box is displayed.

2 Select the unit that you want to monitor, and then click
"Display."

Alternative procedure
• Under "Unit configuration" under "Workspace,"
double-click the unit that you want to monitor. Or,
right-click the unit, and then click "Unit Monitor" in
the menu that appears.
• In the Unit Editor, right-click the unit that you want to
monitor, and then click "Unit Monitor" in the menu
that appears. Or, on the "View" menu, click "Unit
Monitor."

3-68 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-12 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


KV-N3AM Unit Monitor

 Brief display

Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations


See
Item Name Description
Page
This indicator turns on when A/D conversion is in progress.
A/D indicator This indicator turns off when a system error occurs that 3-28
makes it impossible to perform A/D conversion.
Temperature drift This indicator turns on when temperature drift compensation
3-32
compensation indicator is in progress.
This displays the names of the channels to use in A/D
Input CH -
conversion.
Input range This displays the set input range. 3-34
A/D conversion data This displays the A/D converted data. 3-25
A/D
conversion Special data This displays the special data. 3-25
Offset value This displays the special data offset value. 3-46
This displays the voltage or current value converted from the
Analog data 3-25
A/D converted data.
This displays the ON/OFF status of the disconnection
detection relay.
-: The relay is turned OFF.
Line break 3-44
* : The relay is turned ON.
For channels on which the disconnection detection has been
set to "Disabled," "---" is displayed and does not change.
This indicator turns on when D/A conversion is in progress.
D/A conversion indicator This indicator turns off when a system error occurs that 3-28
makes it impossible to perform D/A conversion.
This displays the names of the channels to use in D/A
Output CH -
D/A conversion.
conversion Output range This displays the set output range. 3-55
Output data This displays the output data. 3-26
Offset value This displays the output data offset value. 3-64
This displays the voltage or current value converted from the
Analog data 3-25
D/A converted data.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-69


3-12 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

See
Item Name Description
Page
"Details" button Click this button to display the detailed data. 3-70
Display assignment Select this check box to display the numbers of the assigned
3-23
device DM entries.
"Real-time chart Click this button to start the real-time chart monitor.
-
monitor" button "KV STUDIO User's Manual"
Click this button to read from the base unit the values of the

3
"Read setting" button DM entries that are assigned to the settings to which DM -
Common selection has been specified.
Click this button to forcibly turn the setting update request
Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

relay ON or OFF and update the KV-N3AM's internal settings


to the values entered in the Unit Monitor (this only applies to
"Update setting" button settings to which DM selection has been specified). 3-52
When the button is displayed in gray, the values that have
been entered in the Unit Monitor are the same as the internal
settings.

• Functions that have been set to "Disabled" will be displayed as "---." These
Point
functions cannot be monitored or changed.
• When an error has occurred, the error details are displayed in the status bar
(the bottom part of the window).
• If you right-click an item that is assigned to a relay or a DM entry and then click
"Cross reference," the sea rch results of the corresponding device will be
displayed in the output window.

 Detailed display

3-70 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-12 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


See
Item Name Description
Page
You can monitor and change the scaling upper limit and
Scaling scaling lower limit (only when DM selection has been 3-35
specified).
You can monitor and change the ON/OFF status of the zero
Zero drift 3-48
drift relay.
The thresholds of the comparator function as well as the ON/

Comparator
OFF status of the comparator upper limit and lower limit relays
are displayed. Thresholds can be changed when DM selection 3-40
3
A/D
has been specified for them.

Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations


conversion
You can also reset the comparator.
The peak value, bottom value, and ON/OFF status of the hold
in progress relay of the peak and bottom hold function are
Hold 3-50
displayed. You can turn the hold in progress relay ON and
OFF.
The types and constants of the averaging function are
Average processing displayed. Constants can be changed when DM selection has 3-37
been specified for them.
You can monitor and change the scaling upper limit and
Scaling 3-56
scaling lower limit.
You can monitor and change the upper limit value and lower
D/A
conversion limit value of the upper/lower limit alarm function. You can also
Upper/lower limit
monitor the ON/OFF status of the upper/lower limit alarm 3-58
alarm
upper limit relay and upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay
as well as clear the upper/lower limit alarm.
Common "Hide details" button Click this button to close the detailed data display. 3-69

• Functions that have been set to "Disabled" will be displayed as "---." These
Point
functions cannot be monitored or changed.
• When an error has occurred, the error details are displayed in the status bar
(the bottom part of the window).
• The background of settings of functions whose selection methods have been
set to "Unit Editor selection" are displayed in gray. These settings cannot be
changed (updated).
• The background of settings of functions whose selection methods have been
set to "DM selection" are displayed in white. These settings can be changed
(updated).
• If you right-click an item that is assigned to a relay or a DM entry and then click
"Cross reference," the search results of the corresponding device will be
displayed in the output window.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-71


3-13 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies
This section describes remedies for situations in which A/D conversion or D/A conversion cannot be
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

performed correctly because an error has occurred.

Remedies for General Problems

 Checking the LED indications


The POWER and ERROR LEDs light as shown below to indicate the status of the KV-N3AM.

3 POWER
ERROR (Red) Status Remedy
(Green)
Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies

Off Off The power is off. -


The product is operating
Lit Off -
normally.
Lit Blinking (with a A unit error has occurred. Use the Unit Monitor and the
period of 2 error code ( N + 012) to check
seconds) the error details.
"List of Error Codes" (page
3-73)
Lit Lit The unit configuration is not set
on the base unit.
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor
The unit configuration that is set to check the unit configuration.
on the base unit and the actual
unit configuration are different.
A bus communication error has The bus signal may have
occurred. stopped due to noise. Check that
the number of extension cables
that can be used (up to two) and
connecting transformer units that
can be used (up to two) has not
been exceeded. Remove any
sources of noise.

 Checking the Unit Monitor


When an error occurs on the KV-N3AM, the error details are displayed in the Unit Monitor status bar
(the bottom part of the window).
"3-12 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations" (page 3-68)

 Checking the Error Monitor


When an error occurs on the KV-N3AM, you can check the error details in KV STUDIO by clicking the
"Debug" menu and then "Error monitor."
"Error Monitor" in the "KV STUDIO User's Manual"

3-72 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3-13 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies

KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)


List of Error Codes

When an error occurs on the KV-N3AM, the ERROR LED blinks in red at 2-second intervals.
In this situation, the error relay (leading relay number n + 315) turns ON, and the error code is stored
as a decimal value in a DM entry (leading DM number N + 012).
The A/D or D/A conversion on the channel in which an error occurred stops.
When an error occurs, first remove the cause of the error, and then change the error clear relay
(leading relay number n + 015) from OFF to ON.
Note that you cannot clear the error when a system error (110 or 120) has occurred.
3

Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies


Error
Error Message Cause Remedy
Code
An error has occurred in the calibration Consult your nearest KEYENCE
110 System error
data stored in the internal storage device. office.
An internal reference voltage error has
120 System error
been detected.
Set at least one channel's
The channel skip function has been
330 No channel enabled channel skip function to
enabled on all channels.
"Disable."
The scaling upper limit or scaling lower Configure the settings so that
Scaling value setting
50x limit has been set to a value outside of they have appropriate values,
error
its range. and then update the settings.
The scaling upper limit has been set to a *If error 51x, 52x, or 57x occurs
Scaling value upper/ when the power is turned on, set
51x value less than or equal to the scaling
lower limit setting error power off holding to the target
lower limit.
DM entry or use CR2008 (which
Average constant The averaging constant has been set to
52x is turned ON for only one scan
setting error a value outside of its range.
when operations start) or an
The comparator upper limit or initialization module to initialize
Comparator setting
53x comparator lower limit has been set to a the settings.
error
value outside of its range.
The comparator upper limit and
comparator lower limit have been set to
incorrect values (the comparator upper
Comparator upper/ limit ON level is less than the
54x
lower limit setting error comparator upper limit OFF level or the
comparator lower limit OFF level is less
than the comparator lower limit ON
level).
The upper/lower limit alarm upper limit
Upper/lower limit value or upper/lower limit alarm lower
56x
alarm setting error limit value has been set to a value
outside of its range.
The upper/lower limit alarm upper limit
Upper/lower limit
value has been set to a value less than
57x alarm upper or lower
the upper/lower limit alarm lower limit
limit value error
value.
Specify DM selection for the
An attempt was made to execute an A/D
AD setting update settings that you want to update,
600 conversion setting update with no
error and then execute the A/D
settings set to DM selection.
conversion setting update.
Specify DM selection for the
An attempt was made to execute a D/A
DA setting update settings that you want to update,
610 conversion setting update with no
error and then execute the D/A
settings set to DM selection.
conversion setting update.
x: Number of the channel on which the error occurred

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 3-73


3-13 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies
KV-N3AM (ANALOG I/O)

MEMO

3
Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies

3-74 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4
KV-NC4AD
(ANALOG INPUTS)
This chapter describes the KV-NC4AD Analog Input Conversion Unit.

4-1 Checking the Contents of the Package . . . . . . . . . . 4-2


4-2 Names and Functions of Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
4-5 A/D Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
4-6 Procedure Prior to Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4-7 List of Unit Editor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4-8 Lists of Used Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
4-9 Functional Block Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
4-11 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations . . . . . 4-51
4-12 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-1


4-1 Checking the Contents of the Package
The package contains the following items. Before you start using the unit, make sure that the package
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

contains everything that it is supposed to contain.

KV-NC4AD

KV Nano Series

Expansion unit

4 instruction manual
Checking the Contents of the Package

Unit Expansion unit instruction manual (1)

 List of Peripherals and Options

 Connection conversion unit: KV-N1


This is used to connect the KV-NC4AD to terminal block type base units.
"2-3 Mounting onto the Base Unit" (page 2-5)

4-2 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-2 Names and Functions of Parts
This section describes the names and functions of the KV-NC4AD parts.

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


(4) Lock lever
(1) POWER LED
(2) ERROR LED

(3) Analog input terminals

4
(4) Lock lever

Names and Functions of Parts


Number Name Function
This indicates the power status.
Lit in green: The power is on.
(1) POWER LED
Off: The power is off.
"Checking the LED indications" (page 4-54)
This indicates the unit's error status.
Lit or blinking (with a period of 2 seconds) in red: An error has
(2) ERROR LED occurred.
Off: No errors have occurred.
"Checking the LED indications" (page 4-54)
(3) Analog input terminals These terminals are used for inputs. (Can be removed or reinserted)
(4) Lock lever This locks the joined units together.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-3


4-3 Specifications
This section gives the specifications and dimensions of the KV-NC4AD.
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

General Specifications

Item Specification
Model KV-NC4AD
Supply voltage Supplied by the base unit (24 VDC)
Internal current
80 mA or less
consumption
Ambient operating
0 to +55C (no icing)*1,*2
4 temperature
Storage temperature -25 to +75C*1
Ambient operating
Specifications

5 to 95 RH (no condensation)*1


humidity
Ambient storage
5 to 95 RH (no condensation)*1
humidity
1500 VAC for 1 minute (between power terminal and input terminals, and between all
Withstand voltage
external terminals and cases)
1500 V peak-to-peak or more, pulse width 1 µs, 50 ns (by noise simulator)
Noise immunity
IEC standard compliance (IEC61000, 4-2/3/4/6)
When intermittent vibrations are present Scan times
Frequency Acceleration Amplitude
5 to 9 Hz  3.5 mm
Complies with
9 to 150 Hz 9.8 m/s2 - X, Y, Z directions:
Vibration immunity*3 JIS B 3502 and
When continuous vibrations are present 10 times each
IEC61131-2
Frequency Acceleration Amplitude (100 minutes)
5 to 9 Hz - 1.75 mm
9 to 150 Hz 4.9 m/s2 -
2
Acceleration 150 m/s , application time 11 ms, applied three times in each direction:
Shock resistance
X, Y and Z
50 MΩ or more (500 VDC megger used to perform measurements between power
Insulation resistance
terminal and input terminals and between all external terminals and case)
Operating
As little dust and corrosive gases as possible
environment
Operating altitude 2000 m or less
Overvoltage
I
category
Pollution degree 2
Weight Approximately 100 g
*1 The range in which the system is guaranteed.
*2 Indicated on the lower, central part (30 mm) of the unit in the control panel.
*3 These specifications correspond to situations in which the unit is mounted on a DIN rail and in which the unit is
mounted on another unit directly.

4-4 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-3 Specifications

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


Performance Specifications

 A/D conversion

Item Specification
Number of analog 4 (single end)
inputs
Analog input range Voltage -10 to +10 V 1/8000 2.5 mV
and resolution*1 0 to 10 V 1/4000 2.5 mV
0 to 5 V
1 to 5 V
1/4000 1.25 mV
1/3200 1.25 mV
4
Current 0 to 20 mA 1/4000 5 µA

Specifications
4 to 20 mA 1/3200 5 µA
Conversion speed 80 µs/CH*2
Conversion accuracy Voltage No temperature 0.3% of F.S. (at 25C  5C)
compensation 0.5% of F.S. (at 0  55C)
With temperature 0.3% of F.S. (at 0 to 55C)
compensation
Current No temperature 0.4% of F.S. (at 25C  5C)
compensation 0.6% of F.S. (at 0 to 55C)
With temperature 0.4% of F.S. (at 0 to 55C)
compensation
Input resistance Voltage 5 MΩ
Current 250 Ω
Maximum absolute Voltage 15 V
input Current 30 mA
Isolation mode Between analog input and CPU Isolated (photocoupler, transformer)
Between analog input channels Not isolated

Special functions Input range switchover function, temperature shift compensation enable/disable
function, channel skip function, scaling function, special data offset function, peak/
bottom value hold function, zero clip function, zero drift function, comparator
function, averaging function (over time, over number of times, and moving average),
and disconnection detection function
*1 For details on the measurable range when input that is outside of the range is applied, see "A/D Conversion
Tables" (page 4-12).
*2 When you are using temperature shift compensation, 80 µs is added for the temperature shift compensation time
regardless of the number of channels that you are using.

Number of Devices Used

Number of Devices
Device Type
Used
Data memory (DM) 60 words
Relay (R) 96 points (6 channels)
"4-8 Lists of Used Devices" (page 4-21)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-5


4-3 Specifications
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

Dimensions

4
Specifications

4-6 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams
This section describes the terminal pinout and wiring diagrams of the KV-NC4AD.

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


For the wiring method, see "2-4 Connecting I/O Peripherals" (page 2-9).

Terminal Pinout

1
2
3
4

4
5
6
7
8
9

Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams


10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Terminal Terminal
Channel Signal Name Remarks
Number Name
Channel 0 voltage During voltage input, use this terminal together with a
1 V
input common terminal as a pair.
Channel 0 current
2 I During current input, short-circuit this terminal with V.
CH0 input
Channel 0 current During current input, use this terminal together with a
3 I
input common terminal as a pair.
4 COM Common terminal CH0 to CH3 COM are shared internally.
Channel 1 voltage During voltage input, use this terminal together with a
5 V
input common terminal as a pair.
Channel 1 current
6 I During current input, short-circuit this terminal with V.
CH1 input
Channel 1 current During current input, use this terminal together with a
7 I
input common terminal as a pair.
8 COM Common terminal CH0 to CH3 COM are shared internally.
Channel 2 voltage During voltage input, use this terminal together with a
9 V
input common terminal as a pair.
Channel 2 current
10 I During current input, short-circuit this terminal with V.
CH2 input
Channel 2 current During current input, use this terminal together with a
11 I
input common terminal as a pair.
12 COM Common terminal CH0 to CH3 COM are shared internally.
Channel 3 voltage During voltage input, use this terminal together with a
13 V
input common terminal as a pair.
Channel 3 current
14 I During current input, short-circuit this terminal with V.
CH3 input
Channel 3 current During current input, use this terminal together with a
15 I
input common terminal as a pair.
16 COM Common terminal CH0 to CH3 COM are shared internally.

Each channels COM are shared internally.


NOTICE
Do not wire these to terminals with different electric potentials.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-7


4-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

Wiring Diagrams

See the following wiring diagrams when you wire the terminals of the analog input terminal block.

 Voltage input wiring


Check that the input ranges of the terminals (channels) that you want to wire are set correctly.
"Input Range Setting" (page 4-31)

Voltage input wiring

4 Voltage signal
CH0
Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams

Shielded cable

CH1
Shielded cable

CH2 Shielded cable

CH3 Shielded cable

 Current input wiring


Check that the input ranges of the terminals (channels) that you want to wire are set correctly.
"Input Range Setting" (page 4-31)

Current input wiring

Short-circuit V and I
Current signal
CH0
Shielded cable Short-circuit V and I

CH1
Shielded cable Short-circuit V and I

CH2
Shielded cable Short-circuit V and I

CH3
Shielded cable

4-8 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


Internal Circuit Diagrams

 A/D conversion circuit

A/D
conversion V
circuit
I
250 Ω

4
5M Ω I

Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams


* Each channels COM are shared internally

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-9


4-5 A/D Conversions
This section describes A/D conversion principles, the status of relays that are updated by the
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

KV-NC4AD, and how to read values from and write values to the base unit.

A/D Conversion Principles

Voltage
Base unit KV-NC4AD Current
Transducer
(4) Sequence Power
program
Power factor
4 Data memory
(2) A/D
conversion
(1) Analog input Temperature
A/D Conversions

Pressure
Preamplifier
Flow rate
(3) A/D converted data is Speed
written to the base unit.

1234
(1) An analog signal (voltage or current) is applied to the KV-NC4AD from a peripheral.
• This operation is "analog input".
(2) The KV-NC4AD converts the analog signal to A/D converted data.
• This operation is "A/D conversion".
(3) The KV-NC4AD writes the A/D converted data to the data memory of the base unit.
• Data is written automatically once per scan.
(4) If necessary, A/D converted data is processed by a ladder program of the base unit.
• The actual value of the voltage or current that was applied can be calculated from the
A/D converted data.
The calculated value can be used in other ladder program processing.

4-10 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-5 A/D Conversions

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


Communicating with the Base Unit

This section describes how to perform reading and writing operations to transfer data between storage
on the KV-NC4AD and the relays and data memory on the base unit.

 Automatic refresh

Control processing KV-NC4AD

4
Synchronization
Automatic refresh

A/D Conversions
One scan
Program execution

END processing

Each time that the ladder program executes a scan, the base unit performs reading and writing
operations to transfer data over bus lines between storage on the KV-NC4AD and the relays and data
memory assigned to the KV-NC4AD on the base unit.
Data communication performed between the base unit and an expansion unit as outlined above is
called "automatic refresh". You do not need to make a ladder program or configure settings for data
communication.

 Operation in PROG mode


Even when the base unit is in PROG mode, you can use the KV-NC4AD to update data values such as
A/D converted data, special data, and analog data. In addition, relays related to special functions (the
zero drift relay, comparator relay, hold relay, and disconnection detection relay) also operate.

 Converted data update period


The update period of A/D converted data varies as shown below depending on the number of channels
that you are using in A/D conversion and whether you are using the temperature shift compensation
function.

• When you are using the temperature shift compensation function


A/D converted data update period =
conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for A/D conversion + 80 µs

• When you are not using the temperature shift compensation function
A/D converted data update period =
conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for A/D conversion

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-11


4-5 A/D Conversions
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

A/D Conversion Tables

 Conventions used in the tables


Example When the voltage is +9.10 V, the A/D converted data is 3640 (the part).

Integer part of the voltage


Decimal part of the voltage up to two decimal places
A/D converted data that corresponds to the voltage

4 .00 .10 .20


+10 4000
A/D Conversions

+9 3600 3640 3680


+8 3200 3240 3280

4-12 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-5 A/D Conversions

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


Input range: -10 to +10 V

 Input characteristics

A/D converted data

4000

3000

2000

1000

-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 +2 +4 +6 +8 +10
Voltage
(V) 4
-1000

A/D Conversions
-2000

-3000

-4000

 Voltage conversion table

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 4000 4040 4080 4120 4160 4200 - - - -
+9 3600 3640 3680 3720 3760 3800 3840 3880 3920 3960
+8 3200 3240 3280 3320 3360 3400 3440 3480 3520 3560
+7 2800 2840 2880 2920 2960 3000 3040 3080 3120 3160
+6 2400 2440 2480 2520 2560 2600 2640 2680 2720 2760
+5 2000 2040 2080 2120 2160 2200 2240 2280 2320 2360
+4 1600 1640 1680 1720 1760 1800 1840 1880 1920 1960
+3 1200 1240 1280 1320 1360 1400 1440 1480 1520 1560
+2 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160
+1 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760
+0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360
-0 0 -40 -80 -120 -160 -200 -240 -280 -320 -360
-1 -400 -440 -480 -520 -560 -600 -640 -680 -720 -760
-2 -800 -840 -880 -920 -960 -1000 -1040 -1080 -1120 -1160
-3 -1200 -1240 -1280 -1320 -1360 -1400 -1440 -1480 -1520 -1560
-4 -1600 -1640 -1680 -1720 -1760 -1800 -1840 -1880 -1920 -1960
-5 -2000 -2040 -2080 -2120 -2160 -2200 -2240 -2280 -2320 -2360
-6 -2400 -2440 -2480 -2520 -2560 -2600 -2640 -2680 -2720 -2760
-7 -2800 -2840 -2880 -2920 -2960 -3000 -3040 -3080 -3120 -3160
-8 -3200 -3240 -3280 -3320 -3360 -3400 -3440 -3480 -3520 -3560
-9 -3600 -3640 -3680 -3720 -3760 -3800 -3840 -3880 -3920 -3960
-10 -4000 -4040 -4080 -4120 -4160 -4200 - - - -

* A/D converted data lies within the range of -4200 to 4200 (from -10.50 V to +10.50 V). If a voltage outside of this range
is input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -4200.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-13


4-5 A/D Conversions
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

Input range: 0 to 10 V

 Input characteristics

A/D converted data

4000

3000

4 2000
A/D Conversions

1000

Voltage
0 +2 +4 +6 +8 +10 (V)

 Voltage conversion table

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 4000 4040 4080 4120 4160 4200 - - - -
+9 3600 3640 3680 3720 3760 3800 3840 3880 3920 3960
+8 3200 3240 3280 3320 3360 3400 3440 3480 3520 3560
+7 2800 2840 2880 2920 2960 3000 3040 3080 3120 3160
+6 2400 2440 2480 2520 2560 2600 2640 2680 2720 2760
+5 2000 2040 2080 2120 2160 2200 2240 2280 2320 2360
+4 1600 1640 1680 1720 1760 1800 1840 1880 1920 1960
+3 1200 1240 1280 1320 1360 1400 1440 1480 1520 1560
+2 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160
+1 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760
+0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360
-0 0 -40 -80 -120 -160 -200 - - - -

* A/D converted data lies within the range of -200 to 4200 (from -0.50 V to +10.50 V). If a voltage outside of this range is
input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -200.

4-14 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-5 A/D Conversions

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


Input range: 0 to 5 V

 Input characteristics
A/D converted data

4000

3000

2000

1000
4

A/D Conversions
Voltage
0 1 2 3 4 5 (V)

 Voltage conversion table


.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
5 4000 4080 4160 - - - - - - -
4 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920
3 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120
2 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000 2080 2160 2240 2320
1 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520
+0 0 80 160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720
-0 0 -80 -160 - - - - - - -
* A/D converted data lies within the range of -200 to 4200 (from -0.25 V to +5.25 V). If a voltage outside of this range is
input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -200.

Input range: 1 to 5 V

 Input characteristics
A/D converted data

4000

3000

2000

1000

Voltage
0 1 2 3 4 5 (V)

 Voltage conversion table


.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
5 3200 3280 3360 - - - - - - -
4 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120
3 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000 2080 2160 2240 2320
2 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520
1 0 80 160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720
+0 -800 -720 -640 -560 -480 -400 -320 -240 -160 -80
-0 -800 -880 -960 - - - - - - -
* A/D converted data lies within the range of -1000 to 3400 (from -0.25 V to +5.25 V). If a voltage outside of this range is
input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 3400 or a minimum value of -1000.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-15


4-5 A/D Conversions
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

Input range: 0 to 20 mA

 Input characteristics

A/D converted data

4000

3000

4 2000
A/D Conversions

1000

Current
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 (mA)

 Current conversion table

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 4000 4020 4040 4060 4080 4100 4120 4140 4160 4180
19 3800 3820 3840 3860 3880 3900 3920 3940 3960 3980
18 3600 3620 3640 3660 3680 3700 3720 3740 3760 3780
17 3400 3420 3440 3460 3480 3500 3520 3540 3560 3580
16 3200 3220 3240 3260 3280 3300 3320 3340 3360 3380
15 3000 3020 3040 3060 3080 3100 3120 3140 3160 3180
14 2800 2820 2840 2860 3880 2900 2920 2940 2960 2980
13 2600 2620 2640 2660 2680 2700 2720 2740 2760 2780
12 2400 2420 2440 2460 2480 2500 2520 2540 2560 2580
11 2200 2220 2240 2260 2280 2300 2320 2340 2360 2380
10 2000 2020 2040 2060 2080 2100 2120 2140 2160 2180
9 1800 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980
8 1600 1620 1640 1660 1680 1700 1720 1740 1760 1780
7 1400 1420 1440 1460 1480 1500 1520 1540 1560 1580
6 1200 1220 1240 1260 1280 1300 1320 1340 1360 1380
5 1000 1020 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120 1140 1160 1180
4 800 820 840 860 880 900 920 940 960 980
3 600 620 640 660 680 700 720 740 760 780
2 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 540 560 580
1 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
-0 0 -20 -40 -60 -80 -100 -120 -140 -160 -180

* A/D converted data lies within the range of -200 to 4200 (from -1.0 mA to +21.0 mA). If a current outside of this range is
input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -200.

4-16 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-5 A/D Conversions

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


Input range: 4 to 20 mA

 Input characteristics

A/D converted data

4000

3000

2000
4

A/D Conversions
1000

Current
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 (mA)

 Current conversion table


.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 3200 3220 3240 3260 3280 3300 3320 3340 3360 3380
19 3000 3020 3040 3060 3080 3100 3120 3140 3160 3180
18 2800 2820 2840 2860 2880 2900 2920 2940 2960 2980
17 2600 2620 2640 2660 2680 2700 2720 2740 2760 2780
16 2400 2420 2440 2460 2480 2500 2520 2540 2560 2580
15 2200 2220 2240 2260 2280 2300 2320 2340 2360 2380
14 2000 2020 2040 2060 2080 2100 2120 2140 2160 2180
13 1800 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980
12 1600 1620 1640 1660 1680 1700 1720 1740 1760 1780
11 1400 1420 1440 1460 1480 1500 1520 1540 1560 1580
10 1200 1220 1240 1260 1280 1300 1320 1340 1360 1380
9 1000 1020 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120 1140 1160 1180
8 800 820 840 860 880 900 920 940 960 980
7 600 620 640 660 680 700 720 740 760 780
6 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 540 560 580
5 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380
4 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
3 -200 -180 -160 -140 -120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20
2 -400 -380 -360 -340 -320 -300 -280 -260 -240 -220
1 -600 -580 -560 -540 -520 -500 -480 -460 -440 -420
0 -800 -780 -760 -740 -720 -700 -680 -660 -640 -620
-0 -800 -820 -840 -860 -880 -900 -920 -940 -960 -980
* A/D converted data lies within the range of -1000 to 3400 (from -1.0 mA to +21.0 mA). If a current outside of this range
is input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 3400 or a minimum value of -1000.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-17


4-6 Procedure Prior to Operation
This section describes the basic procedure to follow when using the KV-NC4AD.
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

Basic Usage Procedure

Configure the KV STUDIO* Unit Editor settings.

• Add the KV-NC4AD to the system configuration devices.


"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)
• Set the leading relay and DM numbers of the KV-NC4AD.
"Leading Device Number" (page 4-21)

4
• Select settings according to the way that you want to use the KV-NC4AD.
"4-7 List of Unit Editor Settings" (page 4-19)
Procedure Prior to Operation

Use KV STUDIO* to write a program.

If necessary, create a ladder program.


You do not have to make a program to check operations. "KV STUDIO User's Manual"

Transfer the project that you have created to the base unit.

In KV STUDIO*, on the "Monitor Simulator" menu, click "PLC Transfer -> Monitor Mode" to transfer
the project.
"KV STUDIO User's Manual"

Check operations.

In KV STUDIO*, on the "Monitor/Simulator" menu, click "Unit Monitor" to check operations.


"KV-NC4AD Unit Monitor" (page 4-52)

* Use version 7.1 or later of KV STUDIO.

4-18 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-7 List of Unit Editor Settings
This section describes the KV STUDIO Unit Editor settings and how to configure them. You have to use

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


the KV STUDIO Unit Editor when you use the KV-NC4AD.

List of Settings

The Unit Editor settings and default values are listed below.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Changeable
See
Function Setting Value from Ladder
Program
Page
4
Leading DM No. Need set No
4-21

List of Unit Editor Settings


Common Leading relay No. Need set No
settings Temperature shift Enabled Default value
No 4-29
compensation Disabled
Channel Disable Default value
Channel skip No 4-30
skip Enable
-10 to +10 V Default value
0 to 10 V
0 to 5 V
Input range Input range No 4-31
0 to 20 mA
1 to 5 V
4 to 20 mA
Disabled Default value
Scaling No
Enabled
Unit Editor selection Default value
Scaling selection No
DM selection
Scaling 4-32
Scaling upper limit -31999 to 32000
Yes
settings*1 ( Default value 32000)
Scaling lower limit -32000 to 31999
Yes
settings*1 ( Default value -32000)
Disabled Default value
Simple average (count selection)
Averaging No
Simple average (time selection)
Moving average
Averaging constant Unit Editor selection Default value
No
Averaging selection DM selection 4-34
Simple average (count
2 to 60000 ( Default value 2) Yes
selection)
Simple averaging time
1 to 1500 ms ( Default value 1) Yes
(ms)
Moving Average count 2 to 64 ( Default value 2) Yes
Disabled Default value
Comparator No
Enabled
Unit Editor selection Default value
Comparator val selection No
DM selection
Comparator upper limit -32000 to 32000
Yes
ON level*2 ( Default value 32000)
Comparator 4-37
Comparator upper limit -32000 to 32000
Yes
OFF level*2 ( Default value 32000)
Comparator lower limit -32000 to 32000
Yes
OFF level*3 ( Default value -32000)
Comparator lower limit -32000 to 32000
Yes
ON level*3 ( Default value -32000)
- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-19
4-7 List of Unit Editor Settings
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

Changeable
See
Function Setting Value from Ladder
Page
Program
Disabled
Zero clip Zero clip No 4-40
Enabled Default value
Disconnection Disabled Default value
Disconnection detection No 4-41
detection Enabled
*1 You cannot configure the settings so that the scaling upper limit is less than or equal to the scaling lower limit.
*2 You cannot configure the settings so that the comparator upper limit ON level is less than the comparator upper limit
OFF level.
*3 You cannot configure the settings so that the comparator lower limit OFF level is less than the comparator lower limit

4 ON level.
List of Unit Editor Settings

4-20 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-8 Lists of Used Devices
This section gives lists of the DM (data memory) entries and relays that the KV-NC4AD occupies.

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


Leading Device Number

Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to set the leading devices of the DM (data memory) entries and relays
that the KV-NC4AD occupies.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Lists of Used Devices


 Leading DM No.
Set the leading number of the data memory entries that are occupied by the KV-NC4AD.
60 words worth of data memory entries are occupied by the KV-NC4AD.
Settable range: DM00000 to DM32708
(In the case of XYM marking: D00000 to D32708)

 Leading relay No.


Set the leading channel of the relays that are occupied by the KV-NC4AD.
96 relays (6 channels) are occupied by the KV-NC4AD.
Settable range: 010 (R1000) to 594 (R59400)
(In the case of XYM marking: 010 (Y100) to 594 (Y5940))
* If you specify a channel, the relay number will be displayed.

Number of Devices Used

The number of DM (data memory) entries and relays that the KV-NC4AD occupies are shown below.
Data memory entries: 60 words
Relays: 96 (6 channels)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-21


4-8 Lists of Used Devices
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

List of Data Memory Entries

The names and contents of the data memory entries that the KV-NC4AD occupies are shown below.
( N : Leading DM number)

Area DM Number Read/Write Update Timing See page


Updated automatically
Normal read area N + 000 to N + 020 Read only 4-22
during each scan
Readable and Updated automatically
Normal write area N + 021 to N + 024 4-24
writable during each scan

4 Value
When power is turned on
When you switch from
Readable and PROG mode to
communication N + 025 to N + 052 4-25
Lists of Used Devices

writable RUN mode


area*
When the update request
relay is turned ON
* This can only be used when you have selected "DM selection" in the unit settings.

 Normal read area


The KV-NC4AD stores data in this area during each scan.
You cannot use ladder programs to write data to this area.

CH DM Number Name See Page


N + 000 A/D converted data
Special data (values after calculations performed by
N + 001 4-23
various functions)
CH0 N + 002 Analog data (calculated voltage or current value)
N + 003 Peak value
4-48
N + 004 Bottom value
N + 005 A/D converted data
Special data (values after calculations performed by
N + 006 4-23
various functions)
CH1 N + 007 Analog data (calculated voltage or current value)
N + 008 Peak value
4-48
N + 009 Bottom value
N + 010 A/D converted data
Special data (values after calculations performed by
N + 011 4-23
various functions)
CH2 N + 012 Analog data (calculated voltage or current value)
N + 013 Peak value
4-48
N + 014 Bottom value
N + 015 A/D converted data
Special data (values after calculations performed by
N + 016 4-23
various functions)
CH3 N + 017 Analog data (calculated voltage or current value)
N + 018 Peak value
4-48
N + 019 Bottom value
Common N + 020 Error code 4-55

4-22 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-8 Lists of Used Devices

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


 A/D converted data
The digital values that are the result of the A/D conversion performed on the analog input signal
(V or mA) are stored as A/D converted data.
"A/D Conversion Tables" (page 4-12)
"Functional Block Diagrams" (page 4-28)

A/D converted data is stored in the following data memory entries automatically during each scan.

CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3


DM Number N + 000 N + 005 N + 010 N + 015

N : Leading DM number
4
 Special data

Lists of Used Devices


A/D converted values are stored after first being processed by the zero clip, scaling, special data offset,
averaging, and zero drift functions. If these functions are not set, the same values as the A/D converted
data are stored.
When multiple functions are set, the values are stored after being processed by all the set functions.
"Functional Block Diagrams" (page 4-28)
"Zero Clip Function" (page 4-40)
"Scaling Function" (page 4-32)
"Special Data Offset Function" (page 4-43)
"Averaging Function" (page 4-34)
"Zero Drift Function" (page 4-45)

Special data is stored in the following data memory entries automatically during each scan.

CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3


DM Number N + 001 N + 006 N + 011 N + 016

N : Leading DM number

 Analog data
Voltage or current values are calculated from the A/D converted data and are stored as analog data.
Analog data is calculated as shown below.

Analog data = A/D converted data × resolution

The unit is "mV" for voltage input and "µA" for current input.
Amounts less than or equal to 1 mV are rounded down when values are stored.

The unit displayed on the Unit Monitor is "V" for voltage input and "mA" for current input.

Analog data is stored in the following data memory entries automatically during each scan.

CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3


DM Number N + 002 N + 007 N + 012 N + 017
N : Leading DM number
"Functional Block Diagrams" (page 4-28)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-23


4-8 Lists of Used Devices
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

 Normal write area


Ladder programs are used to write data to this area.
Written values are acquired by the KV-NC4AD automatically during each scan without using relay
operations performed by ladder programs.

CH DM Number Name See Page


CH0 N + 021
CH1 N + 022
Special data offset value 4-43
CH2 N + 023
CH3 N + 024

4
Lists of Used Devices

4-24 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-8 Lists of Used Devices

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


 Set value communication area
Ladder programs are used to write data to this area.
However, you can only use this area when you select "DM selection" for each appropriate item in the
unit settings.
If you select "Unit Editor selection," this area will not be used.
The KV-NC4AD acquires the values written to this area when:
• Power is turned on.
• The base unit is switched from PROG mode to RUN mode.
• The setting update request relay ( n + 001) is switched from OFF to ON by a ladder program.

CH DM Number Name See Page 4


N + 025 Scaling upper limit
4-32

Lists of Used Devices


N + 026 Scaling lower limit
N + 027 Averaging constant 4-34
CH0 N + 028 Comparator upper limit ON level
N + 029 Comparator upper limit OFF level
4-37
N + 030 Comparator lower limit OFF level
N + 031 Comparator lower limit ON level
N + 032 Scaling upper limit
4-32
N + 033 Scaling lower limit
N + 034 Averaging constant 4-34
CH1 N + 035 Comparator upper limit ON level
N + 036 Comparator upper limit OFF level
4-37
N + 037 Comparator lower limit OFF level
N + 038 Comparator lower limit ON level
N + 039 Scaling upper limit
4-32
N + 040 Scaling lower limit
N + 041 Averaging constant 4-34
CH2 N + 042 Comparator upper limit ON level
N + 043 Comparator upper limit OFF level
4-37
N + 044 Comparator lower limit OFF level
N + 045 Comparator lower limit ON level
N + 046 Scaling upper limit
4-32
N + 047 Scaling lower limit
N + 048 Averaging constant 4-34
CH3 N + 049 Comparator upper limit ON level
N + 050 Comparator upper limit OFF level
4-37
N + 051 Comparator lower limit OFF level
N + 052 Comparator lower limit ON level
N + 053
Common to Reserved for the system -
N + 059

A/D conversion: "How to Use DM Selection to Change Settings" (page 4-49)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-25


4-8 Lists of Used Devices
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

List of Relays

The names and contents of the relays that the KV-NC4AD occupies are shown below.
( n : Leading relay number)
n + 000 to 215: readable and writable area, n + 300 to 515: read-only area

CH Relay Number Name See Page


n + 000 Reserved for the system -
n + 001 Setting update request 4-49
n + 002
Common
4 n
to
+ 014
Reserved for the system -

n + 015 Error clear 4-55


Lists of Used Devices

n + 100 Zero drift 4-45


n + 101 Hold 4-47
n + 102 Disconnection detection clear 4-41
CH0 n + 103 Comparator reset 4-37
n + 104
to Reserved for the system -
n + 107
n + 108 Zero drift 4-45
n + 109 Hold 4-47
n + 110 Disconnection detection clear 4-41
CH1 n + 111 Comparator reset 4-37
n + 112
to Reserved for the system -
n + 115
n + 200 Zero drift 4-45
n + 201 Hold 4-47
n + 202 Disconnection detection clear 4-41
CH2 n + 203 Comparator reset 4-37
n + 204
to Reserved for the system -
n + 207
n + 208 Zero drift 4-45
n + 209 Hold 4-47
n + 210 Disconnection detection clear 4-41
CH3 n + 211 Comparator reset 4-37
n + 212
to Reserved for the system -
n + 215
n + 300 A/D conversion in progress -
n + 301 Setting update complete -
n + 302
Common
to Reserved for the system -
n + 314
n + 315 Error 4-55

4-26 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-8 Lists of Used Devices

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


CH Relay Number Name See Page
n + 400 Zero drift in progress 4-45
n + 401 Hold in progress 4-47
n + 402 Disconnection detection 4-41
n + 403 Comparator upper limit
CH0 4-37
n + 404 Comparator lower limit
n + 405
to Reserved for the system -
n + 407
n + 408 Zero drift in progress 4-45
n + 409 Hold in progress 4-47
n + 410 Disconnection detection 4-41 4
n + 411 Comparator upper limit
CH1 4-37

Lists of Used Devices


n + 412 Comparator lower limit
n + 413
to Reserved for the system -
n + 415
n + 500 Zero drift in progress 4-45
n + 501 Hold in progress 4-47
n + 502 Disconnection detection 4-41
n + 503 Comparator upper limit
CH2 4-37
n + 504 Comparator lower limit
n + 505
to Reserved for the system -
n + 507
n + 508 Zero drift in progress 4-45
n + 509 Hold in progress 4-47
n + 510 Disconnection detection 4-41
n + 511 Comparator upper limit
CH3 4-37
n + 512 Comparator lower limit
n + 513
to Reserved for the system -
n + 515

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-27


4-9 Functional Block Diagrams
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

Functional Block Diagram (A/D Conversion)

This section shows the processing sequence of KV-NC4AD functions.

A/D conversion

4 Analog data
calculation
Functional Block Diagrams

Analog data A/D converted data Zero clip Disconnection


page 4-23 page 4-23 page 4-40 detection

Averaging Disconnection detection relay


page 4-34 page 4-41

Scaling
page 4-32

Other functions Special data


• Temperature shift compensation offset
(page 4-29) page 4-43
• Channel skip
(page 4-30) Zero drift
page 4-45

Peak and bottom Special data


Comparator
hold page 4-23

Peak value Comparator upper limit relay


Bottom value Comparator lower limit relay
page 4-47 page 4-37

4-28 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


Temperature Shift Compensation Function

If you use the temperature shift compensation function, you can obtain high conversion accuracy
(0.3% for voltage and 0.4% for current) over the whole usable temperature range (0 to 55C).
"Performance Specifications" (page 4-5)

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the temperature shift compensation function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)
4

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D


Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
The temperature shift compensation function of
Enabled Default value
Temperature shift analog input will be enabled.
No
compensation The temperature shift compensation function of
Disabled
analog input will be disabled.

 Details
If you use the temperature shift compensation function, the A/D converted data update period takes an
additional 80 µs.
• When you are using the temperature shift compensation function
A/D converted data update period =
conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for A/D conversion + 80 µs
• When you are not using the temperature shift compensation function
A/D converted data update period =
conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for A/D conversion

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-29


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

Channel Skip Function

You can use this function to specify which channels conversion will be skipped for. For each
unnecessary channel that you skip, you can make the conversion speed faster by 80 µs.

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the channel skip function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

4
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
A/D conversion will be performed on this
Disable Default value
channel.
Channel skip No
A/D conversion will not be performed on this
Enable
channel.

 Details
If you disable the channel skip function, A/D conversion will be performed for the channel. If you enable
the channel skip function, A/D conversion will not be performed for the channel.
In addition, even when you enable the channel skip function, there are no changes made to the device
assignments, so the value "0" is stored for the A/D converted data, special data, and analog data of the
skipped channels (CH0: N + 000, 001, and 002; CH1: N + 005, 006, and 007; CH2: N + 010, 011,
and 012; CH3: N + 015, 016 and 017). However, values are only stored when power is turned on,
when you change from PROG mode to RUN mode, and when settings are updated.

The converted data update period varies as shown below depending on the number of channels that
you are converting and on whether you are using the temperature shift compensation function.
• When you are using the temperature shift compensation function
A/D converted data update period =
conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for A/D conversion + 80 µs
• When you are not using the temperature shift compensation function
A/D converted data update period =
conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for A/D conversion

"Temperature Shift Compensation Function" (page 4-29)

4-30 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


Input Range Setting

Select an input range that is appropriate for the level of the analog signal that you want to apply.

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to set the input range.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D


Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
Resolution: 2.5 mV
-10 to +10 V Default value
(-4000 to +4000)
Voltage 0 to 10 V Resolution: 2.5 mV (0 to 4000)
Input range No 0 to 5 V Resolution: 1.25 mV (0 to 4000)
1 to 5 V Resolution: 1.25 mV (0 to 3200)
0 to 20 mA Resolution: 5 µA (0 to 4000)
Current
4 to 20 mA Resolution: 5 µA (0 to 3200)

"A/D Conversion Tables" (page 4-12)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-31


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

Scaling Function

The scaling function converts (scales) the A/D converted data to values that are within the range of the
set upper and lower limits, and then stores these values in the special data (CH0: N + 001,
CH1: N +006, CH2: N +011, CH3: N +016).
"Special data" (page 4-23)
"Functional Block Diagrams" (page 4-28)

 Configuring settings
4 Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to configure the scaling function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
Disabled Default value The scaling function will be disabled.
Scaling No
Enabled The scaling function will be enabled.
Unit Editor selection The Unit Editor will be used to specify the upper
Default value and lower scaling limits directly.
Scaling
No Data memory values will be used to specify the
selection
DM selection upper and lower scaling limits.
"Specifying DM selection for settings" (page 4-49)
Scaling -31999 to 32000
Yes
upper limit ( Default value 32000) If you set "Scaling selection" to "Unit Editor
Scaling -32000 to 31999 selection," enter these values.
Yes
lower limit ( Default value -32000)

4-32 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


 Details
The scaled values are stored in the "special data" data memory entry (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006,
CH2: N + 011, CH3: N + 016). Set the scaling upper limit to a value that corresponds to the A/D
converted data upper limit of 4000 (3200 when the output range is set to "1 to 5 V" or "4 to 20 mA"). Set
the scaling lower limit to a value that corresponds to the output data lower limit of 0 (-4000 when the
output range is set to "-10 to +10 V").
The scaling upper and lower limits can be set within the range of -32000 to +32000.
However, you cannot configure the settings so that the scaling upper limit is less than or equal to the
scaling lower limit.

Reference
The scaling function uses the following formulae to calculate A/D converted data.
When the input range is set to "0 to 10 V", "0 to 5 V", or "0 to 20 mA"
4
Scaled value = A/D converted data × (upper limit - lower limit)/4000

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D


(Special data)

When the input range is set to "1 to 5 V" or "4 to 20 mA"


Scaled value = A/D converted data × (upper limit - lower limit)/3200
(Special data)

When the input range is set to "-10 to +10 V"


Scaled value = (A/D converted data + 4000) × (upper limit - lower limit)/8000 + lower limit
(Special data)

Example When the input range is set to 1 to 5V, and the A/D converted data of 0 to 3200 is scaled to
1000 to 5000 and stored in the special data:
Input range: 1 to 5 V
A/D converted data: 0 to 3200 (CH0: N + 000, CH1: N + 005, CH2: N + 010,
CH3: N + 015)
Scaled value: 1000 to 5000 (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006, CH2: N + 011,
CH3: N + 016)
(Special data)
Scaled value (special data)

Upper limit→5000

Lower limit→1000 Input voltage


1 2 3 4 5 (V)

Input Signal A/D converted data Scaled Value (Special Data)


1V 0 1000
2V 800 2000
3V 1600 3000
4V 2400 4000
5V 3200 5000

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-33


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

Averaging Function

The averaging function averages the A/D converted data within the unit and stores the result in the
special data (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006, CH2: N + 011, CH3: N + 016). Use this function to
reduce the influence of noise and other similar factors on the input signal when these factors are
causing input signal fluctuations.
"Special data" (page 4-23)
"Functional Block Diagrams" (page 4-28)

4  Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to configure the averaging function.
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D

"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
Averaging will not be executed. For each A/D
Disabled Default value conversion, the A/D converted data will be
stored in the special data.
Simple averaging will be executed over the
Simple average
number of A/D conversions that you specify. The
(count selection)
result will be stored in the special data.
Averaging No
Simple averaging will be executed over the
Simple average (time
length of time that you specify. The result will be
selection)
stored in the special data.
Moving averaging will be executed over the
Moving average number of A/D conversions that you specify. The
result will be stored in the special data.
Unit Editor Selection The Unit Editor will be used to specify the
Default value averaging constants directly.
Averaging
Data memory values will be used to specify the
constant No
averaging constants.
selection DM selection
"How to Use DM Selection to Change
Settings" (page 4-49)
Simple 2 to 60000
Yes "Simple average (count selection)" (page 4-35)
averaging count ( Default value 2)
Simple
1 to 1500
averaging time Yes "Simple average (time selection)" (page 4-35)
( Default value 1)
(ms)
Moving Average 2 to 64
Yes "Moving average" (page 4-36)
count ( Default value 2)

4-34 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


 Simple average (count selection)
Simple averaging is executed over the number of A/D conversions that you specify. The result is stored
in the special data (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006, CH2: N + 011, CH3: N + 016). Results are stored
in the special data each time that averaging is completed. Any values after the decimal point are
rounded off.

Averaging Constant
Value DM Selection
Selection
Number of times to 2 to 60000
Yes
average (default value: 2)

4
• Before the first averaging operation is completed, the data immediately after the A/D
Reference

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D


conversion started (without averaging) is stored in the special data.
• Before the first averaging operation is completed, the peak and bottom hold function
and the comparator function do not operate.

 Number of times to average and special data update period


When you are using the averaging function (with the number of times to average specified), the special
data update period is calculated with the following formula.
Special data update period = number of times to average × A/D converted data update period
For details on the A/D converted data update period, see "Converted data update period" (page 4-11).

Example Operation when the number of times to perform averaging is set to 5

A/D conversion
A/D conversion starts data update period

A/D converted D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11


data

Special data D1 AVG1 AVG2

AVG1 =(D1+D2+D3+D4+D5)/5
AVG2 =(D6+D7+D8+D9+D10)/5

 Simple average (time selection)


Simple averaging is performed over the length of time that you specify. The result is stored in the
special data (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006, CH2: N + 011, CH3: N + 016). Results are stored in the
special data each time that averaging is completed. Any values after the decimal point are rounded off.

Averaging Constant
Value DM Selection
Selection
Length of time to 1 to 1500
Yes
average (ms) (default value: 1)

• Before the first averaging operation is completed, the data immediately after the A/D
Reference
conversion started (without averaging) is stored in the special data.
• Before the first averaging operation is completed, the peak and bottom hold function
and the comparator function do not operate.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-35


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

 Averaging time and number of A/D converted data entries to average


When you are using the averaging function (with the length of time to average specified), the number of
A/D converted data entries to average is calculated with the following formula.
Number of A/D converted data entries to average = averaging time / A/D converted data update period
For details on the A/D converted data update period, see "Converted data update period" (page 4-11).

Example Operation when the number of channels used for A/D conversion is 4, the temperature shift
compensation function is enabled and the averaging time is set to 10 ms
A/D converted data update period = conversion speed of 80 µs × 4 channels + 80 µs (for
temperature shift compensation) = 400 µs
Number of A/D converted data entries to average = 10 ms / 400 µs = 25
4 A/D conversion
A/D conversion starts data update period
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D

A/D converted data D1 D2 ・


・・ D24 D25 D26 D27 ・
・・ D49 D50 D51

Special data D1 AVG1 AVG2

AVG1= (D1+D2+…+D24+D25)/25
AVG2= (D26+D27+…+D49+D50)/25

 Moving average
Moving averaging is performed over the number of A/D conversions that you specify. The result is
stored in the special data (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006, CH2: N + 011, CH3: N + 016). In the
averaged result, any values after the decimal point are rounded off.
Averaging Constant
Value DM Selection
Selection
Moving Average count 2 to 64 (default value: 2) Yes

• Before the first averaging operation is completed, the data immediately after the A/D
Reference
conversion started (without averaging) is stored in the special data.
• Before the first averaging operation is completed, the peak and bottom hold function
and the comparator function do not operate.
Example Operation when the moving average count is set to 5

A/D converted data


A/D conversion starts update period

A/D converted data D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10

Special data D1 AVG1 AVG2 AVG3 AVG4 AVG5 AVG6

AVG1= (D1+D2+D3+D4+D5)/5
AVG2= (D2+D3+D4+D5+D6)/5
AVG3= (D3+D4+D5+D6+D7)/5
AVG4= (D4+D5+D6+D7+D8)/5
AVG5= (D5+D6+D7+D8+D9)/5
AVG6= (D6+D7+D8+D9+D10)/5

4-36 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


Comparator Function

When you use the comparator function, the KV-NC4AD compares the special data (CH0: N + 001,
CH1: N + 006, CH2: N + 011, CH3: N + 016) and the comparator upper and lower limits, and turns
the comparator upper limit relay and comparator lower limit relay ON and OFF.
"Special data" (page 4-23)

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to configure the comparator function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11) 4

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D


Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
Disabled Default value The comparator function will be disabled.
Comparator No
Enabled The comparator function will be enabled.
The Unit Editor will be used to specify the
Unit Editor
comparator upper and lower limit ON and OFF
Selection Default value
levels.
Comparator val Data memory values will be used to specify the
No
selection comparator upper and lower limit ON and OFF
DM selection levels.
"How to Use DM Selection to Change
Settings" (page 4-49)
Comparator -32000 to 32000
Yes
upper limit ON level ( Default value 32000)
If you set "Comparator val selection" to "Unit
Comparator
-32000 to 32000 Editor selection," enter these values.
upper limit OFF Yes
( Default value 32000) Configure the settings so that "Comparator
level
lower limit ON level" is less than or equal to
Comparator -32000 to 32000 "Comparator lower limit OFF level" and
Yes
lower limit ON level ( Default value -32000) "Comparator upper limit OFF level" is less than
Comparator or equal to "Comparator upper limit ON level."
-32000 to 32000
lower limit OFF Yes
( Default value -32000)
level

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-37


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

 Details
The comparator function operates independently on each channel.
The comparator function operates on the result of the zero clip, averaging, scaling, special data offset,
and zero drift functions.
"Functional Block Diagrams" (page 4-28)

The comparator upper limit relay, comparator lower limit relay, and comparator reset relay are assigned
as shown below. When you turn the comparator reset relay ON, the comparator upper limit relay and
comparator lower limit relay are forcibly turned OFF.
CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3

4 Comparator upper limit relay


Comparator lower limit relay
n

n
+ 403
+ 404
n

n
+ 411
+ 412
n

n
+ 503
+ 504
n

n
+ 511
+ 512
Comparator reset relay n + 103 n + 111 n + 203 n + 211
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D

n : Leading relay number

 Operations of the comparator upper limit relay and comparator lower limit relay
The comparator function relays operate as shown below.

Special data

Comparator upper
limit ON level
Comparator upper
limit OFF level

Comparator lower
limit OFF level
Comparator lower
limit ON level
Time

(3) (4)
Comparator upper
limit relay

(1) (2) (5)


Comparator lower
limit relay

(1) KV-NC4AD The special data is less than the comparator lower limit ON level, so the
comparator lower limit relay is turned ON.
(2) KV-NC4AD The special data is greater than the comparator lower limit OFF level, so the
comparator lower limit relay is turned OFF.
(3) KV-NC4AD The special data is greater than the comparator upper limit ON level, so the
comparator upper limit relay is turned ON.
(4) KV-NC4AD The special data is less than the comparator upper limit OFF level, so the
comparator upper limit relay is turned OFF.
(5) KV-NC4AD The special data is less than the comparator lower limit ON level, so the
comparator lower limit relay is turned ON.

4-38 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


• If the comparator upper limit (or lower limit) ON level is equal to the comparator upper
Reference
limit (or lower limit) OFF level and if the special data reaches this value, the
comparator upper limit (or lower limit) relay is turned ON.
• When the base unit is switched from PROG mode to RUN mode, the comparator
upper limit (lower limit) relay is temporarily turned OFF.

 Operations of the comparator reset relay


The comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay and comparator reset relay operate as shown below.

Comparator upper limit


(2) (4)
4
(lower limit) relay When the special data

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D


has exceeded the
comparator upper limit
(1) (3) ON level (or fallen below
the comparator lower
Comparator limit ON level)
reset relay
Comparator reset
enabled period

(1) Ladder program The comparator reset relay is turned ON.


(2) KV-NC4AD The comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay is forcibly turned OFF.
(3) Ladder program The comparator reset relay is turned OFF.
(4) KV-NC4AD When the special data exceeds (or falls below) the comparator upper limit (or
lower limit) ON level, the comparator upper limit (or lower limit) relay is turned
ON. While the special data is less than or equal to the comparator upper limit ON
level (or is greater than or equal to the comparator lower limit ON level), the
comparator upper limit (or lower limit) relay remains turned OFF.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-39


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

Zero Clip Function

The zero clip function limits the A/D converted data (CH0: N + 000, CH1: N + 005, CH2: N + 010,
CH3: N + 015) to the upper or lower limit when the A/D converted data exceeds the upper or lower
limits of the input range and stores the result in the special data (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006,
CH2: N + 011, CH3: N + 016). When you are using an input range that has a lower limit of 0, you can
use this function to ensure that values do not become negative.
"Special data" (page 4-23)
"Functional Block Diagrams" (page 4-28)

4  Configuring settings
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D

Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the zero clip function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
Enabled Default value The zero clip function will be enabled.
Zero clip No
Disabled The zero clip function will be disabled.

 Details
The input ranges, maximum input ranges of the analog input signals, and the values that are stored in
the "special data" data memory entry are shown below.

Max. Input Value Stored in Special Data


Input Range
Range Zero Clip: "Disabled" Zero Clip: "Enabled"
-10 V to +10 V -10.5 V to +10.5 V -4200 to 4200 -4000 to 4000
0 V to 10 V -0.5 V to +10.5 V -200 to 4200 0 to 4000
0 V to 5 V -0.25 V to +5.25 V -200 to 4200 0 to 4000
1 V to 5 V -0.25 V to +5.25 V -1000 to 3400 0 to 3200
0 mA to 20 mA -1 mA to +21 mA -200 to 4200 0 to 4000
4 mA to 20 mA -1 mA to +21 mA -1000 to 3400 0 to 3200
"A/D Conversion Tables" (page 4-12)

• The zero clip function is only valid for special data. Even if you set the zero clip
Reference
function to "Enabled," the zero clip function will not be executed for A/D converted
data and analog data.
• Even if you set the zero clip function to "Enabled," if you use the scaling, special data
offset, or zero drift function, depending on the input voltage (current), negative values
may be stored in the special data.

4-40 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


Disconnection Detection Function

The disconnection detection function detects the input signal falling below a set value as indicating that
there is a disconnection in the signal line. In this situation, the function turns disconnection detection
relay ON. This function can only be used when the input range is set to "1 to 5 V" or "4 to 20 mA."
"Functional Block Diagrams" (page 4-28)

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the disconnection detection function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11) 4

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D


Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
The disconnection detection function will be
Disabled Default value
Line break disabled.
No
detection The disconnection detection function will be
Enabled
enabled.

 Details
When the input signal falls below the following thresholds, the disconnection detection relay is turned
ON.

Disconnection Detection
Input range
Threshold
1 to 5 V 0.5 V
4 to 20 mA 2 mA

The disconnection detection function operates independently on each channel.


The relays related to the disconnection detection function are shown below.

CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3


Disconnection detection relay n + 402 n + 410 n + 502 n + 510
Disconnection detection clear
n + 102 n + 110 n + 202 n + 210
relay
n : Leading relay number

• You cannot use the disconnection detection function with input ranges other than the
Reference
"1 to 5 V" and "4 to 20 mA" ranges.
• When the base unit is switched from PROG mode to RUN mode, the disconnection
detection relay is temporarily turned OFF.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-41


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

 Operations of the disconnection detection relay and disconnection detection


clear relay
The disconnection detection relay and disconnection detection clear relay operate as shown below.

The input signal fell


below 0.5 V or 2 mA.

(5)
(1) (3)
Disconnection

4 detection relay When the input signal


has fallen below 0.5 V
or 2 mA
(2) (4)
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D

Disconnection
detection
clear relay Disconnection
detection clear
enabled period

(1) KV-NC4AD When the input signal falls below 0.5 V or 2 mA, the disconnection detection
relay is turned ON.
(2) Ladder program The disconnection detection clear relay is turned ON.
(3) KV-NC4AD The disconnection detection relay is turned OFF.
(4) Ladder program The disconnection detection clear relay is turned OFF.
(5) KV-NC4AD When the input signal falls below 0.5 V or 2 mA, the disconnection detection
relay is turned ON. While the input signal is not lower than these values, the
disconnection detection relay remains turned OFF.

4-42 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


Special Data Offset Function

The special data offset function adds to the special data (CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006, CH2: N +
011, CH3: N + 016) the offset values stored in the devices occupied by the KV-NC4AD, and then
generates the result.

Value stored in special data = KV-NC4AD internal data + special data offset value

Use this function when you want to correct the A/D converted data using DM values.
"Special data" (page 4-23)
"Functional Block Diagrams" (page 4-28)
4

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D


 Configuring settings
There are no settings that you need to configure to use the special data offset function.

 Details
The special data offset function operates independently on each channel.
The special data offset values are assigned to the following data memory entries and are read by the
KV-NC4AD during each scan. Therefore, you do not have to use a ladder program to operate the
relays.
If you will not use this function, store "0" in the following data memory entries.

CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3


DM Number N + 021 N + 022 N + 023 N + 024
N : Leading DM number

The special data offset values can be set in the signed 16-bit data range (-32768 to 32767).
When you use the special data offset function, the special data can be changed such that the changed
value exceeds the input range and enters the signed 16-bit range (-32768 to 32767).
If special data exceeds the signed 16-bit range due to the addition of the special data offset value,
the special data is clipped to the lower limit (-32768) or upper limit (32767).
The special data offset function is executed on the result of the zero clip, averaging, and scaling
functions.

The KV-NC4AD always reads the special data offset value DM entries. The special
Point
data offset function cannot be disabled. Therefore, note that if you store a value
other than "0" in the special data offset value, the special data will be offset.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-43


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

Example 1 When the input range is set to "-10 to +10 V" (the scaling is set to "Disabled")
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

A/D Converted Special Data On


Input Voltage Special Data
Data Offset Value Graph
0 -4000 to 4000 (1)
5000 +1000 to 9000 (2)
-10 to +10 V -4000 to 4000 30000 +26000 to 32767 (3)
-5000 -9000 to -1000 (4)
-30000 -32768 to -26000 (5)

Special data

4 32767 (3)
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D

10000
(2)
5000
(1)

-10 -5 0 +55 +10


10
Input voltage (V)
(4)
-5000

-10000
(5)

−32768

Example 2 When the input range is set to "1 to 5 V" (the scaling is set to "Disabled")

A/D converted Special data On


Input Voltage Special data
data Offset Value Graph
0 0 to 3200 (1)
5000 5000 to 8200 (2)
1 to 5 V 0 to 3200 30000 30000 to 32767 (3)
-5000 -5000 to -1800 (4)
-30000 -30000 to -26800 (5)

Special data
32767 (3)

10000
(2)
5000
(1)

0 +1 +5
Input voltage (V)
(4)
-5000

-10000
(5)

-32768

4-44 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


Zero Drift Function

The zero drift function sets the special data to 0 when the zero drift relay changes from OFF to ON.
Special data is stored in CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006, CH2: N + 011, CH3: N + 016. When the zero
drift relay changes from OFF to ON, the KV-NC4AD records the special data as the zero drift reference
value. While the zero drift relay is turned ON, the zero drift reference value is subtracted from the
special data, and the result is stored.
You can use the zero drift function whenever you want to correct the special data.

Value stored in special data = KV-NC4AD internal data - zero drift reference value 4

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D


"Special data" (page 4-23)
"Functional Block Diagrams" (page 4-28)

 Configuring settings
There are no settings that you need to configure to use the zero drift function.

 Details
The zero drift relays are assigned to the following relays and are read by the KV-NC4AD during each
scan.
If you will not use the zero drift function, do not turn the zero drift relays ON.
The KV-NC4AD writes the zero drift in progress relay during each scan.

CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3


Zero drift relay n + 100 n + 108 n + 200 n + 208
Zero drift in progress relay n + 400 n + 408 n + 500 n + 508
n : Leading relay number

When the zero drift relay changes from ON to OFF, the special data is set to the normal KV-NC4AD
internal data, and the zero drift reference value is discarded.
The zero drift function operates independently on each channel.
When you use the zero drift function, the special data can be changed such that the changed value
exceeds the input range and enters the signed 16-bit range (-32768 to 32767).
If special data exceeds the signed 16-bit range due to use of the zero drift function, the special data is
clipped to the lower limit (-32768) or upper limit (32767).
The zero drift function operates on the result of the zero clip, averaging, scaling, and special data offset
functions.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-45


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

 Operations of devices related to the zero drift function


The zero drift function relays and data operate as shown below.

(1) (4)

Zero drift relay

(2) (5)

Zero drift in
progress relay
4
KV-NC4AD
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D

internal data 12 15 10 12 15 23 19 18 17 16 15
(example)
(3) (6)

Special data DM 12 15 0 2 5 13 9 18 17 16
value (example)

Zero drift enabled period

(1) Ladder program The zero drift relay is turned ON.


(2) KV-NC4AD The zero drift in progress relay is turned ON.
(3) KV-NC4AD The internal data ("10" in the above figure) that is present when the zero drift
relay changes from OFF to ON is recorded as the zero drift reference value.
From this point, while the zero drift function is enabled, the zero drift reference
value is subtracted, and the result is stored in the special data.
(4) Ladder program The zero drift relay is turned OFF.
(5) KV-NC4AD The zero drift in progress relay is turned OFF.
(6) KV-NC4AD From this point on, internal data is stored as-is in the special data. The zero drift
reference value is discarded.

4-46 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


Peak and Bottom Hold Function

The peak and bottom hold function stores the peak and bottom values of the special data in separate
data memory entries that the KV-NC4AD occupies while the hold relay is turned ON. Special data is
stored in CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 006, CH2: N + 011, CH3: N + 016.
"Special data" (page 4-23)
"Functional Block Diagrams" (page 4-28)

 Configuring settings
There are no settings that you need to configure to use the peak and bottom hold function. 4

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D


 Details
The hold relays are assigned to the following relays and are read by the KV-NC4AD during each scan.
If you will not use the peak and bottom hold function, do not turn the hold relays ON.
The KV-NC4AD writes the peak and bottom hold in progress relay during each scan.

CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3


Hold relay n + 101 n + 109 n + 201 n + 209
Hold in progress relay n + 401 n + 409 n + 501 n + 509
n : Leading relay number

The peak and bottom values are stored in the following data memory entries.

CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3


Peak value N + 003 N + 008 N + 013 N + 018
Bottom value N + 004 N + 009 N + 014 N + 019
N : Leading DM number

Updates are made to the peak and bottom values by the peak and bottom hold function once per A/D
conversion performed within the KV-NC4AD, so these updates are not affected by the scan time of the
base unit.
The peak and bottom hold function operates independently on each channel.
The peak and bottom hold function operates on the result of the zero clip, averaging, scaling, special
data offset, and zero drift functions.

If you are using the simple average (count selection or time selection) or moving
Reference
average function, the peak and bottom values will not be updated until the first
averaging operation is completed.
• "Averaging Function" (page 4-34)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-47


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

 Operations of devices related to the peak and bottom hold function


The peak and bottom hold function relays and data operate as shown below.

(1) (4)

Hold relay

(2) (5)

Hold in
progress relay

4
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D

Special data 12 15 10 12 15 23 11 17 25 16 9
(example)
(3) (6)

Peak value * * * 12 15 23 23 23 23 23 23
(example)
(3) (6)

Bottom value * * * 12 12 12 11 11 11 11 11
(example)
Peak and bottom hold
enabled period

* This is the value that was stored before the hold in progress relay turned ON.

(1) Ladder program The hold relay is turned ON.


(2) KV-NC4AD The hold in progress relay is turned ON.
(3) KV-NC4AD The special data that is present when the hold in progress relay changes from
OFF to ON is stored in data memory as the peak and bottom values. From this
point on, while the peak and bottom hold function is enabled, each time that the
special data is larger (smaller) than the value stored in the peak value (bottom
value), the peak value (bottom value) is updated.
(4) Ladder program The hold relay is turned OFF.
(5) KV-NC4AD The hold in progress relay is turned OFF.
(6) KV-NC4AD The peak value and bottom value are set to the values that were present
immediately before the hold in progress relay was turned OFF and will no longer
be updated.

4-48 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


How to Use DM Selection to Change Settings

This section describes how to use DM selection to change settings.

 Specifying DM selection for settings


Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to set various selection methods to "DM selection."

Explanations of Functions Related to A/D


The settings that you can set to "DM selection" and their corresponding value ranges are shown below.

DM Number See
Function Setting Value
Leading CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 Page
-31999 to
Scaling upper limit*1 N + 025 + 032 + 039 + 046
32000
Scaling 4-32
-32000 to
Scaling lower limit*1 N + 026 + 033 + 040 + 047
31999
Simple average (count selection) 2 to 60000
N + 027 + 034 + 041 + 048
Averaging Simple averaging time (ms) 1 to 1500 4-34
Moving Average count N + 028 + 035 + 042 + 049 2 to 64
-32000 to
Comparator upper limit ON level*2 N + 029 + 036 + 043 + 050
32000
-32000 to
Comparator upper limit OFF level*2 N + 030 + 037 + 044 + 051
32000
Comparator 4-37
-32000 to
Comparator lower limit OFF level*3
32000
N + 031 + 038 + 045 + 052
*3
-32000 to
Comparator lower limit ON level
32000
*1 You cannot configure the settings so that the scaling upper limit is less than or equal to the scaling lower limit.
*2 You cannot configure the settings so that the comparator upper limit ON level is less than the comparator upper limit
OFF level.
*3 You cannot configure the settings so that the comparator lower limit OFF level is less than the comparator lower limit
ON level.

 Timing of setting updates when using DM selection


The KV-NC4AD reads and updates the DM values of settings that are set to DM selection when:
(1) Power is turned on
(2) The base unit is switched from PROG mode to RUN mode.
(3) The setting update request relay ( n + 001) is changed from OFF to ON.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-49


4-10 Explanations of Functions Related to A/D Conversion
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

• All settings that are set to DM selection are updated in the above situations. Some of
Reference the settings cannot be updated.
• Settings that are not set to DM selection (those that you are using the Unit Editor to
specify), are not changed even if you store values in the DM entries of the
corresponding setting communication area.
• In the above setting update situations, if a DM value is outside of the corresponding
setting range, a unit error will occur on the KV-NC4AD, and A/D conversion will not be
performed. In this case, the error relay ( n + 315) will be turned ON.
• To restart the A/D conversion, clear the unit error, change the DM value so that it is
within the setting range, and then execute one of the above setting update situations
(1) to (3).
• When power off holding is not performed on the value of the target DM, A/D

4 conversion on all channels stops between the power being turned ON and the unit
entering RUN mode. If a value that is within the setting range is stored during the first
scan that is performed after operation starts (when CR2008 is turned ON or when
Explanations of Functions Related to A/D

executed within an initialization module), the A/D conversion is started without a unit
error occurring.

 Details on using the setting update request relay to update settings


(1) (5)
A numerical value A numerical value A numerical value
Setting DM outside of
within the setting range the setting range within the setting range

Setting update (1) (3) (5) (7) (8) (10)


request relay
( + 001)

Setting update (2) (4) (9) (11)


complete relay
( + 301)

(6) (13)

Error relay
( + 315)

(12)

Error clear relay


( + 015)

(1) Ladder program The new values are stored in the DM entries of the settings that are set to DM
selection, and the setting update request relay is turned ON (these operations
can be performed in the same scan).
(2) KV-NC4AD When the setting update has been completed, the setting update complete relay
is turned ON.
(3) Ladder program The setting update request relay is turned OFF.
(4) KV-NC4AD The setting update complete relay is turned OFF.
(5) Ladder program A value that is outside of the setting range is stored, and the setting update
request relay is turned ON.
(6) KV-NC4AD The error relay is turned ON (the setting update complete relay is not turned
ON).
At the same time, an error code is stored in the DM entry ( N + 020).
(7) to (11) The setting update request relay is turned OFF, a value that is within the setting
Ladder program range is stored, and settings are updated again.
(12) Ladder program The error clear relay is turned ON.
(13) KV-NC4AD The error relay is turned OFF.

4-50 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-11 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations
The Unit Monitor function of the KV STUDIO ladder support software displays the relays and DM values

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


that are being used by the monitored unit. The information is displayed in the most optimum manner for
the unit being monitored. This section describes how to view and operate the Unit Monitor.

Unit Monitor Overview

The Unit Monitor is a window that displays the relays and DM values that are being used by the
monitored unit. The information is displayed in the most optimum manner for the unit being monitored.

The Unit Monitor has the following characteristics.


• DM entries and relays assigned to each unit can be displayed in the state that they were originally 4
registered.

Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations


• Monitoring is easy because prescribed display contents and layouts have been prepared for each
unit.
• You can monitor a unit simply by selecting it. You do not have to worry about the assignment status of
relays and DM entries.

You can only select the Unit Monitor from the menus during monitor mode and
Point
online edit mode.

Display of the Unit Monitor

Follow the procedure below to display the unit that you want to monitor.

1 On the "Monitor/Simulator" menu, click "Unit Monitor."


The "Select Unit Monitor" dialog box is displayed.
2 Select the unit that you want to monitor, and then click
"Display."

Alternative procedure
• Under "Unit configuration" under "Workspace,"
double-click the unit that you want to monitor. Or,
right-click the unit, and then click "Unit Monitor" in
the menu that appears.
• In the Unit Editor, right-click the unit that you want to
monitor, and then click "Unit Monitor" in the menu
that appears. Or, on the "View" menu, click "Unit
Monitor."

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-51


4-11 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

KV-NC4AD Unit Monitor

 Brief display

4
Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

See
Name Description
Page
This indicator turns on when A/D conversion is in progress. This indicator
A/D indicator turns off when a system error occurs that makes it impossible to perform A/ 4-26
D conversion.
Temperature drift
compensation This indicator turns on when temperature drift compensation is in progress. 4-29
indicator
Input CH This displays the names of the channels to use in A/D conversion. -
Input range This displays the set input range. 4-31
A/D conversion data This displays the A/D converted data. 4-23
Special data This displays the special data. 4-23
Offset value This displays the special data offset value. 4-43
This displays the voltage or current value converted from the A/D converted
Analog data 4-23
data.
This displays the ON/OFF status of the disconnection detection relay.
-: The relay is turned OFF.
Line break * : The relay is turned ON. 4-41
For channels on which the disconnection detection has been set to
"Disabled", "---" is displayed and does not change.
"Details" button Click this button to display the detailed data. 4-53
Display assignment device Select this check box to display the numbers of the assigned DM entries. 4-21
"Real-time Click this button to start the real-time chart monitor.
chart monitor" -
button "KV STUDIO User's Manual"
Error display This displays error details when an error occurs. -
Click this button to read from the base unit the values of the DM entries that
"Read setting" button -
are assigned to the settings to which DM selection has been specified.
Click this button to forcibly turn the setting update request relay ON or OFF
and update the KV-NC4AD's internal settings to the values entered in the
Unit Monitor (this only applies to settings to which DM selection has been
"Update setting" button 4-49
specified).
When the button is displayed in gray, the values that have been entered in
the Unit Monitor are the same as the internal settings.

• Functions that have been set to "Disabled" will be displayed as "---". These
Point functions cannot be monitored or changed.
• If you right-click an item that is assigned to a relay or a DM entry and then click
"Cross reference (L)", the search results of the corresponding device will be
displayed in the output window.

4-52 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-11 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


 Detailed display

Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations


See
Name Description
Page
You can monitor and change the scaling upper limit and scaling lower limit
Scaling 4-32
(only when DM selection has been specified).
Zero drift You can monitor and change the ON/OFF status of the zero drift relay. 4-45
The thresholds of the comparator function as well as the ON/OFF status of
the comparator upper limit and lower limit relays are displayed. Thresholds
Comparator 4-37
can be changed when DM selection has been specified for them.
You can also reset the comparator.
The peak value, bottom value, and ON/OFF status of the hold in progress
Hold relay of the peak and bottom hold function are displayed. You can turn the 4-47
hold in progress relay ON and OFF.
The types and constants of the averaging function are displayed. Constants
Averaging 4-34
can be changed when DM selection has been specified for them.
"Hide details" button Click this button to close the detailed data display. 4-52

• Functions that have been set to "Disabled" will be displayed as "---". These
Point
functions cannot be monitored or changed.
• When an error has occurred, the error details are displayed in the status bar
(the bottom part of the window).
• The background of settings of functions whose selection methods have been
set to "Unit Editor selection" are displayed in gray. These settings cannot be
changed (updated).
• The background of settings of functions whose selection methods have been
set to "DM selection" are displayed in white. These settings can be changed
(updated).
• If you right-click an item that is assigned to a relay or a DM entry and then click
"Cross reference (L)", the search results of the corresponding device will be
displayed in the output window.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-53


4-12 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies
This section describes remedies for situations in which A/D conversion cannot be performed correctly
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

because an error has occurred.

Remedies for General Problems

 Checking the LED indications


The POWER and ERROR LEDs light as shown below to indicate the status of the KV-NC4AD.

POWER
ERROR (Red) Status Remedy
4 Off
(Green)
Off The power is off. -
Operation When an Error Occurs and Error

The product is operating


Lit Off -
normally.
Lit Blinking A unit error has occurred. Use the Unit Monitor and the
(with a period of error code ( N + 020) to check
2 seconds) the error details.
"List of Error Codes" (page 4-55)
Lit Lit The unit configuration is not set
on the base unit.
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor
The unit configuration that is set to check the unit configuration.
on the base unit and the actual
unit configuration are different.
A bus communication error has The bus signal may have
occurred. stopped due to noise. Check that
the number of extension cables
that can be used (up to two) and
connecting conversion units that
can be used (up to two) have not
been exceeded. Remove any
sources of noise.

 Checking the Unit Monitor


When an error occurs on the KV-NC4AD, the error details are displayed in the Unit Monitor status bar
(the bottom part of the window).
"4-11 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations" (page 4-51)

 Checking the Error Monitor


When an error occurs on the KV-NC4AD, you can check the error details in KV STUDIO by clicking the
"Debug(D)" menu and then "Error monitor(E)".
"Error Monitor" in the "KV STUDIO User's Manual"

4-54 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


4-12 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies

KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)


List of Error Codes

When an error occurs on the KV-NC4AD, the ERROR LED blinks in red at 2-second intervals.
In this situation, the error relay ( n + 315) turns ON, and the error code is stored as a decimal value in
a DM entry (leading DM number N + 020).
The A/D conversion on the channel in which an error occurred stops.
When an error occurs, first remove the cause of the error, and then change the error clear relay ( n +
015) from OFF to ON.
Note that you cannot clear the error when a system error (110 or 120) has occurred.
4
Error

Operation When an Error Occurs and Error


Error Message Cause Remedy
code
An error has occurred in the calibration Consult your nearest KEYENCE
110 System error data stored in the internal storage office.
device.
An internal reference voltage error has
120 System error
been detected.
Set at least one channel's
The channel skip function has been
330 No channel enabled channel skip function to
enabled on all channels.
"Disable".
The scaling upper limit or scaling lower Configure the settings so that
Scaling value setting
50x limit has been set to a value outside of they have appropriate values,
error
its range. and then update the settings.
The scaling upper limit has been set to a * If error 51x or 52x occurs when
Scaling value upper/
51x value less than or equal to the scaling the power is turned on, set
lower limit setting error
lower limit. power off holding to the target
Average constant The averaging constant has been set to DM entry or use CR2008 (which
52x
setting error a value outside of its range. is turned ON for only one scan
The comparator upper limit or when operations start) or an
Comparator setting
53x comparator lower limit has been set to a initialization module to initialize
error
value outside of its range. the settings.
The comparator upper limit and
comparator lower limit have been set to
incorrect values (the comparator upper
Comparator upper/ limit ON level is less than the
54x
lower limit setting error comparator upper limit OFF level or the
comparator lower limit OFF level is less
than the comparator lower limit ON
level).
An attempt was made to execute setting Specify DM selection for the
550 Setting update error update with no settings set to DM settings that you want to update,
selection. and execute the setting update.
x: Number of the channel on which the error occurred

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 4-55


4-12 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies
KV-NC4AD (ANALOG INPUTS)

MEMO

4
Operation When an Error Occurs and Error

4-56 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5
KV-NC2DA
(ANALOG OUTPUTS)
This chapter describes the KV-NC2DA Analog Output Conversion Unit.

5-1 Checking the Contents of the Package . . . . . . . . . . 5-2


5-2 Names and Functions of Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5-5 D/A Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5-6 Procedure Prior to Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
5-7 List of Unit Editor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5-8 Lists of Used Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
5-9 Functional Block Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
5-11 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations . . . . . 5-38
5-12 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-1


5-1 Checking the Contents of the Package
The package contains the following items. Before you start using the unit, make sure that the package
contains everything that it is supposed to contain.
KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

KV-NC2DA

KV Nano Series

Expansion unit
instruction manual

5 Unit Expansion unit instruction manual (1)


Checking the Contents of the Package

 List of Peripherals and Options


 Connection conversion unit: KV-N1
This is used to connect the KV-NC2DA to terminal block type base units.
"2-3 Mounting onto the Base Unit" (page 2-5)

5-2 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-2 Names and Functions of Parts
This section describes the names and functions of the KV-NC2DA parts.

(4) Lock lever

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


(1) POWER LED
(2) ERROR LED

(3) Analog output terminals

(4) Lock lever

Number Name
This indicates the power status.
Function
5
Lit in green: The power is on.

Names and Functions of Parts


(1) POWER LED
Off: The power is off.
"Checking the LED indications" (page 5-41)
This indicates the unit's error status.
Lit or blinking (with a period of 2 seconds) in red: An error has
(2) ERROR LED occurred.
Off: No errors have occurred.
"Checking the LED indications" (page 5-41)
(3) Analog output terminals These terminals are used for outputs. (Can be removed or reinserted)
(4) Lock lever This locks the joined units together.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-3


5-3 Specifications
This section gives the specifications and dimensions of the KV-NC2DA.
KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

General Specifications

Item Specification
Model KV-NC2DA
Supply voltage Supplied by the base unit (24 VDC)
Internal current
110 mA or less
consumption
Ambient operating
0 to +55C (no icing)*1,*2
temperature
Storage temperature -25 to +75C*1
Ambient operating
5 to 95% RH (no condensation)*1
5 humidity
Ambient storage
5 to 95% RH (no condensation)*1
humidity
Specifications

1500 VAC for 1 minute (between power terminal and output terminals, and between
Withstand voltage
all output terminals and cases)
1500 V peak-to-peak or more, pulse width 1 µs, 50 ns (by noise simulator)
Noise immunity
IEC standard compliance (IEC61000, 4-2/3/4/6)
When intermittent vibrations are present Scan times
Frequency Acceleration Amplitude
5 to 9 Hz - 3.5 mm
Complies with
9 to 150 Hz 9.8 m/s2 - X, Y, Z directions:
Vibration immunity*3 JIS B 3502 and
When continuous vibrations are present 10 times each
IEC61131-2
Frequency Acceleration Amplitude (100 minutes)
5 to 9 Hz - 1.75 mm
9 to 150 Hz 4.9 m/s2 -
Acceleration 150 m/s2, application time 11 ms, applied three times in each direction:
Shock resistance
X, Y and Z
50 MΩ or more (500 VDC megger used to perform measurements between power
Insulation resistance
terminal and output terminals and between all external terminals and case)
Operating
As little dust and corrosive gases as possible
environment
Operating altitude 2000 m or less
Overvoltage
I
category
Pollution degree 2
Weight Approximately 100 g
*1 The range in which the system is guaranteed.
*2 Indicated on the lower, central part (30 mm) of the unit in the control panel.
*3 These specifications correspond to situations in which the unit is mounted on a DIN rail and in which the unit is
mounted on another unit directly.

5-4 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-3 Specifications

Performance Specifications

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


 D/A Conversion
Item Specification
Number of analog 2
outputs
Analog output range Voltage -10 to +10 V 1/8000 2.5 mV
and resolution*1 0 to 10 V 1/4000 2.5 mV
0 to 5 V 1/4000 1.25 mV
1 to 5 V 1/3200 1.25 mV
Current 0 to 20 mA 1/4000 5 µA
4 to 20 mA 1/3200 5 µA
Conversion speed 80 µs/CH 5
Conversion accuracy Voltage 0.3% of F.S. (at 25C  5C)

Specifications
0.5% of F.S. (at 0 to 55C)
Current 0.3% of F.S. (at 25C  5C)
0.5% of F.S. (at 0 to 55C)
Isolation mode Between analog output and CPU Isolated (photocoupler, transformer)
Between analog output channels Not isolated
Minimum load Voltage 1 kΩ
resistance
Maximum load Current 600 Ω
resistance

Special functions Output range switching function, output data offset function, scaling function, error
hold function, upper/lower limit alarm function, output limit function, channel skip
function, and PROG output function

*1 For details on generating output outside of the range, see "D/A Conversion Tables" (page 5-11).

Number of Devices Used

Number of Devices
Device Type
Used
Data memory (DM) 30 words
Relay (R) 96 points (6 channels)
"5-8 Lists of Used Devices" (page 5-19)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-5


5-3 Specifications

Dimensions
KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

5
Specifications

5-6 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams
This section describes the terminal pinout and wiring diagrams of the KV-NC2DA.
For the wiring method, see "2-4 Connecting I/O Peripherals" (page 2-9).

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


Terminal Pinout

Pin no.
1

5
2
3
4
5

Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams


6
7
8

Terminal
Pin no. Channel Signal Name Remarks
Name
Channel 0 voltage During voltage output, use this terminal together
1 V
output with a common terminal as a pair.
CH0 Channel 0 current During current output, use this terminal together
2 I
output with a common terminal as a pair.
3 COM Common terminal CH0 to CH1 COM are shared internally.
Channel 1 voltage During voltage output, use this terminal together
4 V
output with a common terminal as a pair.
CH1 Channel 1 current During current output, use this terminal together
5 I
output with a common terminal as a pair.
6 COM Common terminal CH0 to CH1 COM are shared internally.
7 NC Not connected.
8 NC Not connected.

Each channels COM are shared internally.


NOTICE
Do not wire these to terminals with different electric potentials.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-7


5-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams

Wiring Diagrams
KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

See the following wiring diagrams when you wire the terminals of the analog output terminal block.

 Voltage output wiring (channel 0 to channel 1)


Check that the output ranges of the terminals (channels) that you want to wire are set correctly.
"Output Range Setting" (page 5-25)

Voltage output wiring

Channel 0 voltage input

5 Shielded
cable
Channel 1 voltage input
Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams

Shielded
cable

 Current output wiring (channel 0 to channel 1)


Check that the output ranges of the terminals (channels) that you want to wire are set correctly.
"Output Range Setting" (page 5-25)

Current output wiring

Channel 0 current input

Shielded
cable

Channel 1 current input

Shielded
cable

5-8 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-4 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams

Internal Circuit Diagrams

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


 D/A conversion circuit

D/A
conversion
circuit V

Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams


* Each channels COM are shared internally

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-9


5-5 D/A Conversions
This section describes D/A conversion principles, the status of relays that are updated by the
KV-NC2DA, and how to read values from and write values to the base unit.
KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

D/A Conversion Principles

Base unit KV-NC2DA Inverter

(1) Sequence
program Motor driver
(4) D/A (5) Analog output
conversion
(2)Data memory Temperature recorder

5 (3) Output data is read from


Analog controller

the base unit.


D/A Conversions

1234
(1) The value of the voltage or current that will be output to the peripherals is converted to output data
by a ladder program of the base unit.
(2) The output data is written to data memory by the ladder program.
(3) The KV-NC2DA automatically reads the output data from the data memory of the base unit.
• Data is read automatically once per scan.
(4) The KV-NC2DA converts the output data to a voltage or current analog signal.
• This operation is "D/A conversion".
(5) The analog signal is output to the peripherals from the KV-NC2DA.
• This operation is "analog output".

5-10 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-5 D/A Conversions

Communicating with the Base Unit

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


This section describes how to perform reading and writing operations to transfer data between storage
on the KV-NC2DA and the relays and data memory on the base unit.

 Automatic refresh

Control processing KV-NC2DA

Synchronization
Automatic refresh

One scan
Program execution
5

D/A Conversions
END processing

Each time that the ladder program executes a scan, the base unit performs reading and writing
operations to transfer data over bus lines between storage on the KV-NC2DA and the relays and data
memory assigned to the KV-NC2DA on the base unit.
Data communication performed between the base unit and an expansion unit as outlined above is
called "automatic refresh". You do not need to make a ladder program or configure settings for data
communication.

 Operation in PROG mode


The analog output during PROG mode depends on the Unit Editor's "Output in PROG mode" setting.
"Output in PROG Mode Function" (page 5-33)

D/A Conversion Tables

 Conventions used in the tables


Example When the voltage is +9.10 V, the output data is 3640 (the part).

Integer part of the voltage


Decimal part of the voltage up to two decimal places
Output data that corresponds to the voltage.

.00 .10 .20


+10 4000
+9 3600 3640 3680
+8 3200 3240 3280

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-11


5-5 D/A Conversions

Output range: -10 to +10 V


KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

 Output characteristics
Output data

4000

3000

2000

1000

Voltage
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 +2 +4 +6 +8 +10 (V)

-1000

5 -2000
D/A Conversions

-3000

-4000

 Voltage conversion table

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 4000 4040 4080 4120 4160 4200 - - - -
+9 3600 3640 3680 3720 3760 3800 3840 3880 3920 3960
+8 3200 3240 3280 3320 3360 3400 3440 3480 3520 3560
+7 2800 2840 2880 2920 2960 3000 3040 3080 3120 3160
+6 2400 2440 2480 2520 2560 2600 2640 2680 2720 2760
+5 2000 2040 2080 2120 2160 2200 2240 2280 2320 2360
+4 1600 1640 1680 1720 1760 1800 1840 1880 1920 1960
+3 1200 1240 1280 1320 1360 1400 1440 1480 1520 1560
+2 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160
+1 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760
+0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360
-0 0 -40 -80 -120 -160 -200 -240 -280 -320 -360
-1 -400 -440 -480 -520 -560 -600 -640 -680 -720 -760
-2 -800 -840 -880 -920 -960 -1000 -1040 -1080 -1120 -1160
-3 -1200 -1240 -1280 -1320 -1360 -1400 -1440 -1480 -1520 -1560
-4 -1600 -1640 -1680 -1720 -1760 -1800 -1840 -1880 -1920 -1960
-5 -2000 -2040 -2080 -2120 -2160 -2200 -2240 -2280 -2320 -2360
-6 -2400 -2440 -2480 -2520 -2560 -2600 -2640 -2680 -2720 -2760
-7 -2800 -2840 -2880 -2920 -2960 -3000 -3040 -3080 -3120 -3160
-8 -3200 -3240 -3280 -3320 -3360 -3400 -3440 -3480 -3520 -3560
-9 -3600 -3640 -3680 -3720 -3760 -3800 -3840 -3880 -3920 -3960
-10 -4000 -4040 -4080 -4120 -4160 -4200 - - - -

* Output data lies within the range of -4200 to 4200 (from -10.50 V to +10.50 V). If output data outside of this range is
input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -4200.

5-12 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-5 D/A Conversions

Output range: 0 to 10 V

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


 Output characteristics

Output data

4000

3000

2000

1000
5
Voltage

D/A Conversions
0 +2 +4 +6 +8 +10 (V)

 Voltage conversion table

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 4000 4040 4080 4120 4160 4200 - - - -
+9 3600 3640 3680 3720 3760 3800 3840 3880 3920 3960
+8 3200 3240 3280 3320 3360 3400 3440 3480 3520 3560
+7 2800 2840 2880 2920 2960 3000 3040 3080 3120 3160
+6 2400 2440 2480 2520 2560 2600 2640 2680 2720 2760
+5 2000 2040 2080 2120 2160 2200 2240 2280 2320 2360
+4 1600 1640 1680 1720 1760 1800 1840 1880 1920 1960
+3 1200 1240 1280 1320 1360 1400 1440 1480 1520 1560
+2 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160
+1 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760
+0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360
-0 0 -40 -80 -120 -160 -200 - - - -

* Output data lies within the range of -200 to 4200 (from -0.50 V to +10.50 V). If output data outside of this range is input,
the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -200.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-13


5-5 D/A Conversions

Output range: 0 to 5 V
KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

 Output characteristics
Output data

4000

3000

2000

1000

5 0 1 2 3 4 5
Voltage
(V)

 Voltage conversion table


D/A Conversions

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
5 4000 4080 4160 - - - - - - -
4 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920
3 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120
2 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000 2080 2160 2240 2320
1 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520
+0 0 80 160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720
-0 0 -80 -160 - - - - - - -
* Output data lies within the range of -200 to 4200 (from -0.25 V to +5.25 V). If output data outside of this range is input,
the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -200.

Output range: 1 to 5 V

 Output characteristics
Output data

4000

3000

2000

1000

Voltage
0 1 2 3 4 5 (V)

 Voltage conversion table


.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
5 3200 3280 3360 - - - - - - -
4 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120
3 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000 2080 2160 2240 2320
2 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520
1 0 80 160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720
+0 - - - - - - - - -160 -80
* Output data lies within the range of -200 to 3400 (from +0.75 V to +5.25 V). If output data outside of this range is input,
the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 3400 or a minimum value of -200.

5-14 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-5 D/A Conversions

Output range: 0 to 20 mA

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


 Output characteristics

Output data

4000

3000

2000

5
1000

Current

D/A Conversions
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 (mA)

 Current conversion table

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 4000 4020 4040 4060 4080 4100 4120 4140 4160 4180
19 3800 3820 3840 3860 3880 3900 3920 3940 3960 3980
18 3600 3620 3640 3660 3680 3700 3720 3740 3760 3780
17 3400 3420 3440 3460 3480 3500 3520 3540 3560 3580
16 3200 3220 3240 3260 3280 3300 3320 3340 3360 3380
15 3000 3020 3040 3060 3080 3100 3120 3140 3160 3180
14 2800 2820 2840 2860 3880 2900 2920 2940 2960 2980
13 2600 2620 2640 2660 2680 2700 2720 2740 2760 2780
12 2400 2420 2440 2460 2480 2500 2520 2540 2560 2580
11 2200 2220 2240 2260 2280 2300 2320 2340 2360 2380
10 2000 2020 2040 2060 2080 2100 2120 2140 2160 2180
9 1800 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980
8 1600 1620 1640 1660 1680 1700 1720 1740 1760 1780
7 1400 1420 1440 1460 1480 1500 1520 1540 1560 1580
6 1200 1220 1240 1260 1280 1300 1320 1340 1360 1380
5 1000 1020 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120 1140 1160 1180
4 800 820 840 860 880 900 920 940 960 980
3 600 620 640 660 680 700 720 740 760 780
2 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 540 560 580
1 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
-0 0 -20 -40 - - - - - - -

* Output data lies within the range of -40 to 4200 (from -0.2 mA to +21.0 mA). If output data outside of this range is input,
the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 4200 or a minimum value of -40.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-15


5-5 D/A Conversions

Output range: 4 to 20 mA
KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

 Output characteristics

Output data

4000

3000

2000

5
1000

Current
D/A Conversions

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 (mA)

 Current conversion table


.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 3200 3220 3240 3260 3280 3300 3320 3340 3360 3380
19 3000 3020 3040 3060 3080 3100 3120 3140 3160 3180
18 2800 2820 2840 2860 2880 2900 2920 2940 2960 2980
17 2600 2620 2640 2660 2680 2700 2720 2740 2760 2780
16 2400 2420 2440 2460 2480 2500 2520 2540 2560 2580
15 2200 2220 2240 2260 2280 2300 2320 2340 2360 2380
14 2000 2020 2040 2060 2080 2100 2120 2140 2160 2180
13 1800 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980
12 1600 1620 1640 1660 1680 1700 1720 1740 1760 1780
11 1400 1420 1440 1460 1480 1500 1520 1540 1560 1580
10 1200 1220 1240 1260 1280 1300 1320 1340 1360 1380
9 1000 1020 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120 1140 1160 1180
8 800 820 840 860 880 900 920 940 960 980
7 600 620 640 660 680 700 720 740 760 780
6 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 540 560 580
5 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380
4 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
3 -200 -180 -160 -140 -120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20
* Output data lies within the range of -200 to 3400 (from +3.0 mA to +21.0 mA). If output data outside of this range is
input, the converted value will be clipped to a maximum value of 3400 or a minimum value of -200.

5-16 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-6 Procedure Prior to Operation
This section describes the basic procedure to follow when using the KV-NC2DA.

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


Basic Usage Procedure

Configure the KV STUDIO* Unit Editor settings.

• Add the KV-NC2DA to the system configuration devices.


"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)
• Set the leading relay and DM numbers of the KV-NC2DA.
"Leading Device Number" (page 5-19)
• Select settings according to the way that you want to use the KV-NC2DA.
"5-7 List of Unit Editor Settings" (page 5-18)

5
Use KV STUDIO* to write a program.

Procedure Prior to Operation


If necessary, create a ladder program.
You do not have to make a program to check operations. "KV STUDIO User's Manual"

Transfer the project that you have created to the base unit.

In KV STUDIO*, on the "Monitor Simulator" menu, click "PLC Transfer -> Monitor Mode" to transfer
the project.
"KV STUDIO User's Manual"

Check operations.

In KV STUDIO*, on the "Monitor/Simulator" menu, click "Unit Monitor" to check operations.


"KV-NC2DA Unit Monitor" (page 5-39)

* Use version 7.10 or later of KV STUDIO.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-17


5-7 List of Unit Editor Settings
This section describes the KV STUDIO Unit Editor settings and how to configure them. You have to use
the KV STUDIO Unit Editor when you use the KV-NC2DA.
KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

List of Settings

The Unit Editor settings and default values are listed below.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Changeable
from See
Function Setting Value
Ladder Page
Program
5 Common Leading DM No. Need set No
5-19
settings Leading relay No. Need set No
List of Unit Editor Settings

Channel Disable Default value


Channel skip No 5-24
skip Enable
-10 to +10 V Default value
0 to 10 V
0 to 5 V
Output range Output range No 5-25
0 to 20 mA
1 to 5 V
4 to 20 mA
Disabled Default value
Scaling No
Enabled
Unit Editor selection Default value
Scaling selection No
DM selection
Scaling 5-26
Scaling upper limit -31999 to 32000
Yes
settings*1 ( Default value 32000)
Scaling lower limit -32000 to 31999
Yes
settings*1 ( Default value -32000)
Disabled Default value
Upper/lower limit alarm No
Enabled
Upper/lower limit alarm Unit Editor selection Default value
No
Upper/lower selection DM selection
5-28
limit alarm Upper/lower limit alarm -31999 to 32000
Yes
upper limit value*2 ( Default value 32000)
Upper/lower limit alarm -32000 to 31999
Yes
lower limit value*2 ( Default value -32000)
OFF Default value
Output limit Output limit No 5-31
ON
OFF Default value
Error hold Error hold No 5-32
ON
Output in Clear Default value
Output in PROG mode No 5-33
PROG mode Output
*1 You cannot configure the settings so that the scaling upper limit is less than or equal to the scaling lower limit.
*2 You cannot configure the settings so that the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value is less than or equal to the upper/
lower limit alarm lower limit value.

5-18 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-8 Lists of Used Devices
This section gives lists of the DM (data memory) entries and relays that the KV-NC2DA occupies.

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


Leading Device Number

Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to set the leading devices of the DM (data memory) entries and relays
that the KV-NC2DA occupies.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Lists of Used Devices


 Leading DM No.
Set the leading number of the data memory entries that are occupied by the KV-NC2DA.
30 words worth of data memory entries are occupied by the KV-NC2DA.
Settable range: DM00000 to DM32738
(In the case of XYM marking: D00000 to D32738)

 Leading relay No.


Set the leading channel of the relays that are occupied by the KV-NC2DA.
96 relays (6 channels) are occupied by the KV-NC2DA.
Settable range: 010 (R1000) to 594 (R59400)
(In the case of XYM marking: 010 (Y100) to 594 (Y5940))
* If you specify a channel, the relay number will be displayed.

Number of Devices Used

The number of DM (data memory) entries and relays that the KV-NC2DA occupies are shown below.
Data memory entries: 30 words
Relays: 96 (6 channels)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-19


5-8 Lists of Used Devices

List of Data Memory Entries


KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

The names and contents of the data memory entries that the KV-NC2DA occupies are shown below.
( N : Leading DM number)

Area DM Number Read/Write Update Timing See page


Readable and Updated automatically
Normal write area N + 000 to N + 003 5-21
writable during each scan
Updated automatically
Normal read area N + 010 to N +014 Read only 5-20
during each scan
When power is turned on
When you switch from
Value
Readable and PROG mode to
communication N + 020 to N + 027 5-21
5 area*
writable RUN mode
When the update request
relay is turned ON
Lists of Used Devices

* This can only be used when you have selected "DM selection" in the unit settings.

 Normal write area


Ladder programs are used to write data to this area.
Written values are acquired by the KV-NC2DA automatically during each scan without using relay
operations performed by ladder programs.

CH DM Number Name See Page


N + 000 Output data 5-20
CH0
N + 001 Output data offset 5-34
N + 002 Output data 5-20
CH1
N + 003 Output data offset 5-34

 Output data
The source values for D/A conversion are stored as output data in data memory.
If you are using functions such as the scaling function or output data offset function, the output data is
processed by the active functions, D/A converted, and then generated.
"Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)" (page 5-23)
If data is outside of the ranges specified in the D/A conversion tables, the maximum or minimum values
of the D/A conversion tables are generated.
"D/A Conversion Tables" (page 5-11)

Output data is read from the following data memory entry automatically during each scan.
CH number CH0 CH1
DM Number N + 000 N + 002
N : Leading DM number

5-20 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-8 Lists of Used Devices

 Normal read area


The KV-NC2DA stores data in this area during each scan.

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


You cannot use ladder programs to write data to this area.

CH DM Number Name See Page


CH0 N + 010 Analog data 5-21
CH1 N + 011 Analog data 5-21
N + 012, 013 Reserved for the system -
Common
N + 014 Error code -

 Analog data
Voltage or current values are calculated from the output data and are stored as analog data.
Analog data is calculated as shown below.
5

Lists of Used Devices


Analog data = output data × resolution

The unit is "mV" for voltage output and "µA" for current output.
Amounts less than or equal to 1 mV are rounded down when values are stored.

The unit displayed on the Unit Monitor is "V" for voltage output and "mA" for current output.

Analog data is stored in the following data memory entries automatically during each scan.

CH number CH0 CH1


DM Number N + 010 N + 011
N : Leading DM number

 Set value communication area


Ladder programs are used to write data to this area.
However, you can only use this area when you select "DM selection" for each appropriate item in the
unit settings.
If you select "Unit Editor selection," this area will not be used.
The KV-NC2DA acquires the values written to this area when:
• Power is turned on.
• The base unit is switched from PROG mode to RUN mode.
• The setting update request relay ( n + 001) is switched from OFF to ON by a ladder program.

CH DM Number Name See Page


N + 020 Scaling upper limit
5-26
N + 021 Scaling lower limit
CH0
N + 022 Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value
5-28
N + 023 Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value
N + 024 Scaling upper limit
5-26
N + 025 Scaling lower limit
CH1
N + 026 Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value
5-28
N + 027 Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value

D/A Conversion: "How to Use DM Selection to Change Settings" (page 5-36)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-21


5-8 Lists of Used Devices

List of Relays
KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

The names and contents of the relays that the KV-NC2DA occupies are shown below.
( n : Leading relay number)
n + 000 to 215: readable and writable area, n + 300 to 515: read-only area

CH Relay Number Name See Page


n + 000 Reserved for the system -
n + 001 Setting update request 5-37
n + 002
Common
to Reserved for the system -
n + 014
n + 015 Error clear -
5 n + 100 Upper/lower limit alarm clear -
n + 101
CH0
Lists of Used Devices

to Reserved for the system -


n + 107
n + 108 Upper/lower limit alarm clear -
n + 109
CH1
to Reserved for the system -
n + 115
n + 200
to Reserved for the system -
n + 215
n + 300 D/A conversion in progress -
n + 301 Setting update complete -
n + 302
Common
to Reserved for the system -
n + 314
n + 315 Error relay -
n + 400 Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay -
n + 401 Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay -
CH0 n + 402
to Reserved for the system -
n + 407
n + 408 Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay -
n + 409 Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay -
CH1 n + 410
to Reserved for the system -
n + 415
n + 500
to Reserved for the system -
n + 515

5-22 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-9 Functional Block Diagrams

Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


This section shows the processing sequence used by the KV-NC2DA to process the functions related
to D/A conversion.

Output data
CH0: N+ 000, CH1: N +
002
page 5-20

Error hold
page 5-32
5

Functional Block Diagrams


Output data offset
CH0: N + 001, CH1: N + 003

page 5-34

Upper/lower limit alarm


Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay
+ output limit Upper/lower limit alarm
page 5-28/page 5-31 lower limit relay
CH0: n + 400 or 401,
CH1: n + 408 or 409
page 5-28
Scaling
page 5-26

D/A Conversion Other functions


• Channel skip
(page 5-24)
• Output in PROG mode
Analog data
(page 5-33)
CH0: N + 010,
CH1: N + 011
page 5-21

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-23


5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

Channel Skip Function


KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

You can use this function to specify which channels conversion will be skipped for. For each
unnecessary channel that you skip, you can make the conversion speed faster by 80 µs.

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the channel skip function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

5
Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conver-

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
D/A conversion will be performed on this
Disable Default value
channel.
Channel skip No
D/A conversion will not be performed on this
Enable
channel.

 Details
If you disable the channel skip function, D/A conversion will be performed for the channel. If you enable
the channel skip function, D/A conversion will not be performed for the channel.
In addition, even when you enable the channel skip function, there are no changes made to the device
assignments, so a voltage or current equivalent to 0 digit is stored in the analog data of the skipped
channels (CH0: N + 010, CH1: N + 011). However, values are only stored when power is turned on,
when you change from PROG mode to RUN mode, and when settings are updated.
The output data value (CH0: N + 000, CH1: N + 002) is not changed.
The converted data update period varies as shown below depending on the number of channels that
you are using in the conversion.
D/A converted data update period =
conversion speed (80 µs) × number of channels used for conversion

5-24 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

Output Range Setting

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


Select an output range that is appropriate for the level of the analog signal that you want to generate.

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to set the output range.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conver-


Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
-10 to +10 V Default value Resolution: 2.5 mV (-4000 to +4000)
0 to 10 V Resolution: 2.5 mV (0 to 4000)
Voltage
0 to 5 V Resolution: 1.25 mV (0 to 4000)
Output range No
1 to 5 V Resolution: 1.25 mV (0 to 3200)
0 to 20 mA Resolution: 5 µA (0 to 4000)
Current
4 to 20 mA Resolution: 5 µA (0 to 3200)

"D/A Conversion Tables" (page 5-11)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-25


5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

Scaling Function
KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

The scaling function converts (scales) the output data to values that are within the range of the set
upper and lower limits.

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to configure the scaling function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

5
Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conver-

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
Disabled Default value The scaling function will be disabled.
Scaling No
Enabled The scaling function will be enabled.
Unit Editor Selection The Unit Editor will be used to specify the
Default value upper and lower scaling limits directly.
Scaling Data memory values will be used to specify the
No
selection upper and lower scaling limits.
DM selection
"How to Use DM Selection to Change
Settings" (page 5-36)
Scaling
-31999 to 32000
upper limit Yes
( Default value 32000)
setting If you set "Scaling selection" to "Unit Editor
Scaling selection," enter these values.
-32000 to 31999
lower limit Yes
( Default value -32000)
setting

 Details
The scaled values are stored in the "output data" data memory entry (CH0: N + 000, CH1: N + 002).
Set the scaling upper limit to a value that corresponds to the output data upper limit of 4000 (3200 when
the output range is set to "1 to 5 V" or "4 to 20 mA"). Set the scaling lower limit to a value that
corresponds to the output data lower limit of 0 (-4000 when the output range is set to "-10 to +10 V").
The scaling upper and lower limits can be set within the range of -32000 to 32000.
However, you cannot configure the settings so that the scaling upper limit is less than or equal to the
scaling lower limit.
"Output data" (page 5-20)
"Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)" (page 5-23)

5-26 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

The scaling function uses the following formulae to calculate the output data values.
Reference
When the output range is set to "0 to 10 V," "0 to 5 V," or "0 to 20 mA"

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


D/A converted data = output data × 4000/(upper limit - lower limit)

When the output range is set to "1 to 5 V" or "4 to 20 mA"


D/A converted data = output data × 3200/(upper limit - lower limit)

When the output range is set to "-10 to 10 V"


D/A converted data = (output data - lower limit) × 8000/(upper limit - lower limit) - 4000

Example When the output range is set to "1 to 5 V" and the D/A converted data is in the range of 0 to
3200, the output data is specified to be in the range of 1000 to 5000
Output range: 1 to 5 V 5
Output data : 1000 to 5000 (CH0: N + 000, CH1: N + 002)

Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conver-


D/A converted data: 0 to 3200
Output data

Upper limit→5000

Lower limit→1000 Output voltage


1 2 3 4 5 (V)

Output Signal Output Data D/A Converted Data


1V 1000 0
2V 2000 800
3V 3000 1600
4V 4000 2400
5V 5000 3200

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-27


5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

Upper/Lower Limit Alarm Function


KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

The upper/lower limit alarm function compares the output data (CH0: N + 000, CH1: N + 002) and the
upper limit value and lower limit value of the upper/lower limit alarm, and turns the upper/lower limit
alarm upper limit relay and lower limit relay ON and OFF.
"Output data" (page 5-20)
"Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)" (page 5-23)

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to configure the upper/lower limit alarm function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

5
Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conver-

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
The upper/lower limit alarm function will be
Disabled Default value
Upper/lower disabled.
No
limit alarm The upper/lower limit alarm function will be
Enabled
enabled.
The Unit Editor will be used to specify the upper
Unit Editor
limit value and lower limit value of the upper/
selection Default value
lower limit alarm directly.
Upper/lower
Data memory values will be used to specify the
limit alarm No
upper limit value and lower limit value of the
selection
DM selection upper/lower limit alarm.
"How to Use DM Selection to Change
Settings" (page 5-36)
Upper/lower
-31999 to 32000
limit alarm Yes
( Default value 32000)
upper limit value If you set "Upper/lower limit alarm selection" to
Upper/lower "Unit Editor selection," enter these values.
-32000 to 31999
limit alarm Yes
( Default value -32000)
lower limit value

 Details
The upper/lower limit alarm function operates on the result of the output data offset function.
"Output Data Offset Function" (page 5-34)

When the upper/lower limit alarm clear relay is turned ON, the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay
and upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay are both forcibly turned OFF.
The upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay, upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay, and upper/lower
limit alarm clear relay are assigned as shown below.

5-28 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

CH number CH0 CH1

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


Upper/lower limit alarm
n + 400 n + 408
upper limit relay
Upper/lower limit alarm
n + 401 n + 409
lower limit relay
Upper/lower limit alarm
n + 100 n + 108
clear relay

 Operations of the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay and upper/lower limit
alarm lower limit relay
The upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay and upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay operate as
shown below. 5
Output data

Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conver-


Upper/lower limit
alarm upper limit
value

Upper/lower limit
alarm lower limit
value
Time

(3) (4)
Upper/lower limit alarm
upper limit relay

(1)
(2) (5)
Upper/lower limit alarm
lower limit relay

(1) KV-NC2DA Because the output data falls below the upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value,
the upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay is turned ON.
(2) KV-NC2DA Because the output data exceeds the upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value,
the upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay is turned OFF.
(3) KV-NC2DA Because the output data exceeds the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value,
the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay is turned ON.
(4) KV-NC2DA Because the output data falls below the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value,
the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay is turned OFF.
(5) KV-NC2DA Because the output data falls below the upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value,
the upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay is turned ON.

When the base unit is switched from PROG mode to RUN mode, the upper/lower limit
Reference
alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay is temporarily turned OFF.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-29


5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

 Operations of the upper/lower limit alarm reset relay


The upper/lower limit alarm reset relay operates as shown below.
KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

(2) (4)
Upper/lower limit alarm
(lower limit) relay When the output data has
exceeded the upper/lower
limit alarm upper limit value
ON level (or fallen below the
(1) (3)
upper/lower limit alarm lower
Upper/lower limit limit value ON level)
alarm reset relay
Upper/lower limit
alarm reset enabled
period

5
(1) Ladder program The upper/lower limit alarm reset relay is turned ON.
Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conver-

(2) KV-NC2DA The upper/lower limit alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay is forcibly turned OFF.
(3) Ladder program The upper/lower limit alarm reset relay is turned OFF.
(4) KV-NC2DA When the output data exceeds (falls below) the upper/lower limit alarm upper
limit value (lower limit value), the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit (lower limit)
relay is turned ON. While the output data does not exceed (fall below)
the upper limit value (lower limit value), the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit
(lower limit) relay remains turned OFF.

5-30 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

Output Limit Function

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


The output limit function generates values at the set upper limit value or lower limit value when the
output data exceeds the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value or is lower than the upper/lower limit
alarm lower limit value. Output data is stored in (CH0: N + 000, CH1: N + 002).
You can only set the output limit function when the upper/lower limit alarm function is set.
"Output data" (page 5-20)
"Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)" (page 5-23)
"Upper/Lower Limit Alarm Function" (page 5-28)

Example Output data 0 to 8000


Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value 6000
Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value 2000 5
Value output to the unit

Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conver-


Output data
when the limit function
8000 is turned on
Value output to the unit
when the limit function
is turned off
Upper/lower limit alarm 6000
upper limit value

4000

Upper/lower limit alarm 2000


lower limit value

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the output limit function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
OFF Default value The output limit function will be disabled.
Output limit No
ON The output limit function will be enabled.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-31


5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

Error Hold Function


KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

The error hold function holds the output to peripherals when a unit error occurs on the KV-NC2DA. If
you do not want to use this function, stop the output.
"Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)" (page 5-23)

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the error hold function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

5
Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conver-

Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
OFF Default value Output to peripherals will be stopped.
Error hold No The output state that was present immediately
ON
before the error occurred will be held.

 Details
If you set the error hold function to "OFF," the voltage and current when an error occurs will be as
shown below.

Voltage or Current When


Output range
an Error Occurs
-10 to +10 V
0 to 10 V 0V
0 to 5 V
1 to 5 V 1V
0 to 20 mA 0 mA
4 to 20 mA 4 mA

5-32 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

Output in PROG Mode Function

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


The output in PROG mode function generates output to the peripherals when the base unit is in PROG
mode (when ladder program execution is stopped). If you do not want to use this function, stop the
output.
"Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)" (page 5-23)

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to configure the output in PROG mode function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conver-


Changeable
Setting from Ladder Value Description
Program
Clear Default value Output to peripherals will be stopped.
Output in PROG
No The analog signal will be generated in the same
mode Output
manner as in RUN mode.

 Details
If you set the output in PROG mode function to "Clear," the voltage and current in PROG mode will be
as shown below.

Voltage or Current in
Output range
PROG Mode
-10 to +10 V
0 to 10 V 0V
0 to 5 V
1 to 5 V 1V
0 to 20 mA 0 mA
4 to 20 mA 4 mA

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-33


5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

Output Data Offset Function


KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

The output data offset function adds the normal communication area output data offset to the output
data and generates the result. Use this function when you want to use DM values to correct the output
data.
"Output data" (page 5-20)
"Functional Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)" (page 5-23)

 Configuring settings
There are no settings that you need to configure to use the output data offset function.

5  Details
The output data offset value is assigned to the KV-NC2DA during each scan. Therefore, you do not
Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conver-

have to use a ladder program to operate the relays.


If you will not use this function, store "0" in the following data memory entries.

CH number CH0 CH1


DM Number N + 001 N + 003
N : Leading DM number

If you need to hold settings when the power turns off, add the target DM entries to the
Reference
power off holding settings in the CPU system settings.

The output data offset value is set as signed 16-bit data (-32768 to 32767).
After the output data offset value is added to the output data, if the result is outside of the signed 16-bit
range, it will be clipped to the lower limit (-32768) or the upper limit (32767).

The KV-NC2DA always reads the output data offset value DM. You cannot disable
Point
the output data offset function. Therefore, note that if you store a value other than
"0" in the output data offset value, the output data will be offset.

5-34 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

Example When the output range is set to "-10 to +10 V" (the scaling is set to "Disabled")

D/A Converted Output Data On

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


Output Voltage
Data Offset Value Graph
0 (1)
5000 (2)
-4000 to
-10 to +10 V 30000 (3)
4000
-5000 (4)
-30000 (5)

Output voltage (V)

10

Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conver-


5

(3) (2) (1) (4) (5) Output data


-32768 -10000 -5000 0 5000 10000 32767

-5

-10

Example When the output range is set to "1 to 5 V" (the scaling is set to "Disabled")

D/A Converted Output data On


Output Voltage
Data Offset Value Graph
0 (1)
4000 (2)
1 to 5 V 0 to 3200 30000 (3)
-4000 (4)
-30000 (5)

Output voltage (V)

(3) (2) (1) (4) (5)


1

Output data
-32768 -10000 -5000 0 5000 10000 32767

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-35


5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

How to Use DM Selection to Change Settings


KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

This section describes how to use DM selection to change settings.

 Specifying DM selection for settings


Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to set various selection methods to "DM selection."

5
The settings that you can set to "DM selection" and their corresponding value ranges are shown below.
Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conver-

DM Number
Function Setting Value See Page
CH0 CH1
Scaling upper limit N + 020 N + 024 -31999 to 32000
settings*1
Scaling 5-26
Scaling lower limit N + 021 N + 025 -32000 to 31999
settings*1
Upper/lower limit alarm
N + 022 N + 026 -31999 to 32000
Upper/lower limit upper limit value*2
5-28
alarm Upper/lower limit alarm N + 023 N + 027 -32000 to 31999
lower limit value*2
*1 You cannot configure the settings so that the scaling upper limit is less than or equal to the scaling lower limit.
*2 You cannot configure the settings so that the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value is less than or equal to the upper/
lower limit alarm lower limit value.

If you need to hold settings when the power turns off, add the target DM entries to the
Reference power off holding settings in the CPU system settings.

 Update timing of settings that are set to DM selection


The KV-NC2DA reads and updates the DM values of settings that are set to DM selection when:
(1) Power is turned on
(2) The base unit is switched from PROG mode to RUN mode.
(3) The setting update request relay ( n + 001) is changed from OFF to ON.

• All settings that are set to DM selection are updated in the above situations. Some of
Reference the settings cannot be updated.
• Settings that are not set to DM selection (those that you are using the Unit Editor to
specify), are not changed even if you store values in the DM entries of the
corresponding setting communication area.
• In the above setting update situations, if a DM value is outside of the corresponding
setting range, a unit error will occur on the KV-NC2DA, and D/A conversion will not be
performed. In this case, the error relay ( n + 315) will be turned ON. To restart the D/
A conversion, clear the unit error, change the DM value so that it is within the setting
range, and then execute one of the above setting update situations (1) to (3).
• When power off holding is not performed on the value of the target DM, D/A
conversion on all channels stops between the power being turned ON and the unit
entering RUN mode. If a value that is within the setting range is stored during the first
scan that is performed after operation starts (when CR2008 is turned ON or when
executed within an initialization module), the D/A conversion is started without a unit
error occurring.

5-36 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-10 Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conversion

 Details on using the setting update request relay to update settings

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


(1) (5)
A numerical value A numerical value A numerical value
Setting DM outside of
within the setting range the setting range within the setting range

D/A setting update (1) (3) (5) (7) (8) (10)


request relay
( + 001)

D/A setting update (2) (4) (9) (11)


complete relay
( + 301)

5
(6) (13)

Explanations of Functions Related to D/A Conver-


Error relay
( + 315)

(12)

Error clear relay


( + 015)

(1) Ladder program The new values are stored in the DM entries of the settings that are set to DM
selection, and the setting update request relay is turned ON (these operations
can be performed in the same scan).
(2) KV-NC2DA When the setting update has been completed, the setting update complete relay
is turned ON.
(3) Ladder program The setting update request relay is turned OFF.
(4) KV-NC2DA The setting update complete relay is turned OFF.
(5) Ladder program A value that is outside of the setting range is stored, and the setting update
request relay is turned ON.
(6) KV-NC2DA The error relay is turned ON (the setting update complete relay is not turned
ON).
At the same time, an error code is stored in the DM entry ( N + 014).
(7) to (11) The setting update request relay is turned OFF, a value that is within the setting
Ladder program range is stored, and settings are updated again.
(12) Ladder program The error clear relay is turned ON.
(13) KV-NC2DA The error relay is turned OFF.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-37


5-11 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations
The Unit Monitor function of the KV STUDIO ladder support software displays the relays and DM values
that are being used by the monitored unit. The information is displayed in the most optimum manner for
KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

the unit being monitored. This section describes how to view and operate the Unit Monitor.

Unit Monitor Overview

The Unit Monitor is a window that displays the relays and DM values that are being used by the
monitored unit. The information is displayed in the most optimum manner for the unit being monitored.

The Unit Monitor has the following characteristics.


• DM entries and relays assigned to each unit can be displayed in the state that they were originally
registered.
5 • Monitoring is easy because prescribed display contents and layouts have been prepared for each
unit.
Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

• You can monitor a unit simply by selecting it. You do not have to worry about the assignment status of
relays and DM entries.

You can only select the Unit Monitor from the menus during monitor mode and
Point
online edit mode.

Display of the Unit Monitor

Follow the procedure below to display the unit that you want to monitor.

1 On the "Monitor/Simulator" menu, click "Unit Monitor."


The "Select Unit Monitor" dialog box is displayed.

2 Select the unit that you want to monitor, and then click
"Display."

Alternative procedure
• Under "Unit configuration" under "Workspace,"
double-click the unit that you want to monitor. Or,
right-click the unit, and then click "Unit Monitor" in
the menu that appears.
• In the Unit Editor, right-click the unit that you want to
monitor, and then click "Unit Monitor" in the menu
that appears. Or, on the "View" menu, click "Unit
Monitor."

5-38 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-11 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

KV-NC2DA Unit Monitor

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


 Brief display

Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations


See
Name Description
Page
This indicator turns on when D/A conversion is in progress. This
D/A conversion indicator indicator turns off when a system error occurs that makes it impossible 5-22
to perform D/A conversion.
Output CH This displays the names of the channels to use in D/A conversion. -
Output range This displays the set output range. 5-25
Output data This displays the output data. 5-20
Offset Value This displays the output data offset value. 5-34
This displays the voltage or current value converted from the D/A
Analog data 5-21
converted data.
"Details" button Click this button to display the detailed data. 5-40
Display assignment Select this check box to display the numbers of the assigned DM
5-19
device entries.
"Real-time chart monitor" Click this button to start the real-time chart monitor.
-
button "KV STUDIO User's Manual"
Error display This displays error details when an error occurs. -
Click this button to read from the base unit the values of the DM
"Read setting" button entries that are assigned to the settings to which DM selection has -
been specified.
Click this button to forcibly turn the setting update request relay ON or
OFF and update the KV-NC2DA's internal settings to the values
entered in the Unit Monitor (this only applies to settings to which DM
"Update setting" button 5-37
selection has been specified).
When the button is displayed in gray, the values that have been
entered in the Unit Monitor are the same as the internal settings.

• Functions that have been set to "Disabled" will be displayed as "---." These
Point
functions cannot be monitored or changed.
• If you right-click an item that is assigned to a relay or a DM entry and then click
"Cross reference (L)", the search results of the corresponding device will be
displayed in the output window.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-39


5-11 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

 Detailed display
KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

5
Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

See
Name Description
Page
You can monitor and change the scaling upper limit and scaling lower
Scaling 5-26
limit.
You can monitor and change the upper limit value and lower limit value
of the upper/lower limit alarm function. You can also monitor the ON/
Upper/lower limit alarm OFF status of the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay and upper/ 5-28
lower limit alarm lower limit relay as well as clear the upper/lower limit
alarm.
"Hide details" button Click this button to close the detailed data display. 5-39

• Functions that have been set to "Disabled" will be displayed as "---". These
Point
functions cannot be monitored or changed.
• The background of settings of functions whose selection methods have been
set to "Unit Editor selection" are displayed in gray. These settings cannot be
changed (updated).
• The background of settings of functions whose selection methods have been
set to "DM selection" are displayed in white. These settings can be changed
(updated).
• If you right-click an item that is assigned to a relay or a DM entry and then click
"Cross reference (L)", the search results of the corresponding device will be
displayed in the output window.

5-40 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


5-12 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies
This section describes remedies for situations in which D/A conversion cannot be performed correctly
because an error has occurred.

KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)


Remedies for General Problems

 Checking the LED indications


The POWER and ERROR LEDs light as shown below to indicate the status of the KV-NC2DA.

POWER
ERROR (Red) Status Remedy
(Green)
Off Off The power is off. -

Lit Off
The product is operating
normally.
- 5
Lit Blinking A unit error has occurred. Use the Unit Monitor and the

Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Reme-


(with a period of error code ( N + 014) to check
2 seconds) the error details.
"List of Error Codes" (page 5-42)
Lit Lit The unit configuration is not set
on the base unit.
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor
The unit configuration that is set to check the unit configuration.
on the base unit and the actual
unit configuration are different.
A bus communication error has The bus signal may have
occurred. stopped due to noise. Check that
the number of extension cables
that can be used (up to two) and
connecting conversion units that
can be used (up to two) have not
been exceeded. Remove any
sources of noise.

 Checking the Unit Monitor


When an error occurs on the KV-NC2DA, the error details are displayed in the Unit Monitor status bar
(the bottom part of the window).
"5-11 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations" (page 5-38)

 Checking the Error Monitor


When an error occurs on the KV-NC2DA, you can check the error details in KV STUDIO by clicking the
"Debug(D)" menu and then "Error monitor(E)".
"Error Monitor" in the "KV STUDIO User's Manual"

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 5-41


5-12 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies

List of Error Codes


KV-NC2DA (ANALOG OUTPUTS)

When an error occurs on the KV-NC2DA, the ERROR LED blinks in red at 2-second intervals.
In this situation, the error relay ( n + 315) turns ON, and the error code is stored as a decimal value in
a DM entry (leading DM number N + 014).
The D/A conversion on the channel in which an error occurred stops.
When an error occurs, first remove the cause of the error, and then change the error clear relay
( n + 015) from OFF to ON.
Note that you cannot clear the error when a system error (110) has occurred.

Error
5 code
Error Message Cause Remedy
An error has occurred in the calibration Consult your nearest KEYENCE
Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Reme-

110 System error data stored in the internal storage office.


device.
Set at least one channel's
The channel skip function has been
330 No channel enabled channel skip function to
enabled on all channels.
"Disable".
Scaling The scaling upper limit or scaling lower Configure the settings so that
50x upper/lower limit out of limit has been set to a value outside of they have appropriate values,
range its range. and then update the settings.
Scaling The scaling upper limit has been set to a * If error 51x or 54x occurs when
51x lower limit exceeds value less than or equal to the scaling the power is turned on, set
upper limit lower limit. power off holding to the target
Upper/lower limit The upper/lower limit alarm upper limit DM entry or use CR2008 (which
alarm value or upper/lower limit alarm lower is turned ON for only one scan
53x
upper/lower limit out of limit value has been set to a value when operations start) or an
range outside of its range. initialization module to initialize
Upper/lower limit The upper/lower limit alarm upper limit the settings.
alarm value has been set to a value less than
54x
lower limit exceeds the upper/lower limit alarm lower limit
upper limit value.
Specify DM selection for the
An attempt was made to change settings
550 Setting update error setting to change, and execute
with no settings set to DM selection.
the setting update.

x: Number of the channel on which the error occurred

5-42 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6
KV-NC4TP
(TEMPERATURE INPUT)
This chapter describes the KV-NC4TP Temperature Input Unit.

6-1 Checking the Contents of the Package . . . . . . . . . . 6-2


6-2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6-3 Names and Functions of Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6-4 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6-5 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
6-6 Temperature Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11
6-7 Procedure Prior to Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
6-8 List of Unit Editor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
6-9 Lists of Used Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
6-10 Functional Block Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
6-12 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations . . . . . 6-38
6-13 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
6-14 Resolution/Accuracy List of the Thermocouples/RTDs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-1


6-1 Checking the Contents of the Package
The package contains the following items. Before you start using the unit, make sure that the package
contains everything that it is supposed to contain.

KV-NC4TP
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

Instruction
manual

Unit Instruction manual

6
Checking the Contents of the Package

 List of Peripherals and Options

 Connection conversion unit: KV-N1


This is used to connect the KV-NC4TP to terminal block type base units.
"2-3 Mounting onto the Base Unit" (page 2-5)

6-2 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-2 Features
This section describes the features of the KV-NC4TP temperature input unit.

 Four channels of temperature input

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


This unit supports two types of temperature sensor input, thermocouple and RTD.
As 4 channels of input can be set to thermocouple or RTD separately, there is no need to use different
types of temperature input units for thermocouples and RTDs.

Features

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-3


6-3 Names and Functions of Parts
This section describes the features of the KV-NC4TP temperature input unit.

(4) Lock lever


(1) POWER LED
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

(2) ERROR LED

(3) Temperature input terminals

(4) Lock lever

Number Name Function


This indicates the power status.
(1) POWER LED Lit in green: The power is on.
6 Off: The power is off.
This indicates the unit's error status.
Names and Functions of Parts

Lit or blinking (with a period of 2 seconds) in red: An error has


(2) ERROR LED
occurred.
Off: No errors have occurred.
Temperature input These terminals are used to connect temperature sensors. (Can be
(3)
terminals removed or reinserted)
(4) Lock lever This locks the joined units together.

Precautions when using thermocouples


• Do not replace input terminal blocks with other units or change their positions.
Otherwise, accuracy may not reach the specified range.
• When extending the thermocouple's cable, use the compensation lead
corresponding to the respective thermocouple. Using a cable other than the
compensation lead may cause errors in the measured values.
NOTICE
Precautions when using RTDs
• When extending the RTD's cable, use regular leads. The three leads must be
extended by the same length, with the same type of cable. If different cables are
used, or the leads are extended by different lengths, errors will occur in the
measured value.
• Make the wiring resistance for each lead less than 100 Ω.

6-4 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-4 Specifications
This section describes the general specifications, performance, terminal block specifications and
dimensions of the Temperature Input Unit KV-NC4TP.

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


General specifications

Item Specification
Model KV-NC4TP
Supply voltage Supplied by the base unit (24 VDC)
Internal current
40 mA or less
consumption
Ambient operating
0 to +55C (no icing)*1,*2
temperature
Storage temperature -25 to +75C*1
Ambient operating
5 to 95% RH (no condensation)*1
humidity
Ambient storage
humidity
5 to 95% RH (no condensation)*1 6
1500 VAC for 1 minute (between power terminal and input terminals, and between all
Withstand voltage

Specifications
external terminals and case)
1500 V peak-to-peak or more, pulse width 1 µs, 50 ns (by noise simulator)
Noise immunity
IEC standard compliance (IEC61000, 4-2/3/4/6)
Complies with When intermittent vibrations are present Scan times
JIS B 3502 and Frequency Acceleration Amplitude X, Y, Z directions:
IEC61131-2 10 times each
5 to 9 Hz - 3.5 mm
(100 minutes)
9 to 150 Hz 9.8 m/s2 -
Vibration immunity
When continuous vibrations are present
Frequency Acceleration Amplitude
5 to 9 Hz - 1.75 mm
9 to 150 Hz 4.9 m/s2 -
Acceleration 150 m/s2, application time 11 ms, applied three times in each direction:
Shock resistance
X, Y and Z
50 MΩ or more (500 VDC megger used to perform measurements between power
Insulation resistance
terminal and input terminals and between all external terminals and case)
Operating
As little dust and corrosive gases as possible
environment
Operating altitude 2000 m or less
Overvoltage
I
category
Pollution degree 2
Weight Approximately 110 g

*1 The range in which the system is guaranteed.


*2 Measured according to the temperature under the unit in the control panel.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-5


6-4 Specifications

Performance Specifications
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

Item Specification
No. of inputs*1 4
Input Thermocouple, RTD
Thermocouple K, J, T, E, N, R, S, B, WRe5-26
Temperature sensor type
RTD Pt100, JPt100
 0.2% of F.S. + 1C (at 25C  5C)
Thermocouple
 0.4% of F.S. + 1C (at 0 to 55C)
System accuracy
0.2% of F.S. (at 25C  5C)
RTD
0.4% of F.S. (at 0 to 55C)
Allowable wiring resistance
100 Ω or below (with no variation between 3 wires)
(when RTD is used)
Conversion speed 125 ms/CH
Between the input terminal and base unit: Photocoupler/Solid-state relay/
6 Isolation mode
Transformer isolation
Between channels: when not yet using an RTD: Solid-state relay isolation
when using an RTD: No isolation
Specifications

Channel skip function, disconnection detection function, averaging function


(over time, over number of times, and moving average), special data offset
Special functions
function, peak/bottom value hold function, alarm function, and input exception
setting function.
*1 Can be set individually on each channel

 Input types and measurement range


Range and Sensor Measurement
Input Type Resolution
Type Range
K -270.0 to 1372.0C 0.1C*1
J -210.0 to 1200.0C 0.1C*1
T -270.0 to 400.0C 0.1C*1
E -270.0 to 1000.0C 0.1C*1
Thermocouple N -270.0 to 1300.0C 0.1C*1
R -50.0 to 1768.0C 0.5C*1
S -50.0 to 1768.0C 0.5C*1
B 0.0 to 1820.0C 0.5C*1
WRe5-26 0.0 to 2315.0C 0.5C
Pt100 -200.0 to 850.0C 0.1C
RTD
JPt100 -200.0 to 600.0C 0.1C
*1 Resolution varies according to the operating ambient temperature.

Reference "6-14 Resolution/Accuracy List of the Thermocouples/RTDs" (page 6-43)

Number of Devices Used

Number of Devices
Device Type
Used
Data memory (DM) 90 words
Relay (R) 96 points (6 channels)
"6-9 Lists of Used Devices" (page 6-15)

6-6 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-4 Specifications

Dimensions

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


6

Specifications

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-7


6-5 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams

Input terminal block


KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

KV-NC4TP Terminal Number

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

6 Terminal
Number
Channel
Terminal
Name
Signal Name Remarks
Not connected when using thermocouples.
1 -/b CH0 ・/RTD b
Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams

Connect to b terminal when using RTDs.


Connect to + terminal when using
2 +/B CH0 thermocouple +/RTD B thermocouples. Connect to B terminal
CH0
when using RTDs.
Connect to - terminal when using
3 -/A CH0 thermocouple -/RTD A thermocouples. Connect to A terminal
when using RTDs.
Not connected when using thermocouples.
4 -/b CH1 ・/RTD b Connect to b terminal when using RTDs.
Connect to + terminal when using
5 +/B CH1 thermocouple +/RTD B thermocouples. Connect to B terminal
CH1
when using RTDs.
Connect to - terminal when using
6 -/A CH1 thermocouple -/RTD A thermocouples. Connect to A terminal
when using RTDs.
7 NC Unused Not connected.
8 NC Unused Not connected.
Not connected when using thermocouples.
9 -/b CH2 ・/RTD b Connect to b terminal when using RTDs.
Connect to + terminal when using
10 +/B CH2 thermocouple +/RTD B thermocouples. Connect to B terminal
CH2
when using RTDs.
Connect to - terminal when using
11 -/A CH2 thermocouple -/RTD A thermocouples. Connect to A terminal
when using RTDs.
Not connected when using thermocouples.
12 -/b CH3 ・/RTD b Connect to b terminal when using RTDs.
Connect to + terminal when using
13 +/B CH3 thermocouple +/RTD B thermocouples. Connect to B terminal
CH3
when using RTDs.
Connect to - terminal when using
14 -/A CH3 thermocouple -/RTD A thermocouples. Connect to A terminal
when using RTDs.
15 NC Not connected.
16 NC Not connected.

• When using RTDs, there is no isolation between all channels.


NOTICE Do not wire to terminals with different electric potentials.
• A cold contact compensation resistors is connected to NC terminals. Do not
remove it.

6-8 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-5 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams

Wiring Diagram of Input Terminals

Please refer to the following wiring diagram when wiring input terminals.

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


 Wiring Temperature Sensors
Wiring thermocouples

・/ b

CH0 +/ B
Thermocouples
CH0 −/ A

・/ b

CH1 +/ B
Thermocouples
CH1

NC
−/ A
6

Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams


NC

・/ b

Thermocouples CH2 +/ B
CH2
−/ A

・/ b

Thermocouples CH3 +/ B
CH3
−/ A

NC

NC

• When extending the thermocouple's cable, use the compensation lead


NOTICE
corresponding to the respective thermocouple. Using a cable other than the
compensation lead may cause errors in the measured values.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-9


6-5 Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams

Wiring RTDs
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

・/ b

CH0 +/ B
RTDs
CH0 −/ A

・/ b

RTDs CH1 +/ B
CH1
−/ A
NC

NC

・/ b

RTDs CH2 +/ B
CH2
−/ A

6 RTDs
CH3
CH3
・/ b

+/ B

−/ A
Terminal Pinout and Wiring Diagrams

NC

NC

• When extending the RTD's cable, use regular leads. The three leads must be
NOTICE
extended by the same length with the same type of cable. If different cables are
used, or the leads are extended by different lengths, errors will occur in the
measured value.
• Make the wiring resistance for each lead less than 100 Ω.

6-10 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-6 Temperature Conversions
This section describes temperature conversion principles, the status of relays that are updated by the
KV-NC4TP, and how to read values from and write values to the base unit.

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


Temperature Conversion Principles

This section describes the temperature conversion principles of the KV-NC4TP.

KV-NC4TP
Power supply
for measuring

CH0・/b
CH0+/B
CH0-/A

Amplifying circuit CH1・/b

A/D
Solid-state
CH1+/B
CH1-/A
6
Buffer relay

Temperature Conversions
memory conversion input change CH2・/b
circuit circuit CH2+/B
CH2-/A

CH3・/b
CH3+/B
CH3-/A

The analog signal from peripherals input into each channel is amplified in the amplifying circuit, and
converted to A/D converted data (digital value) in the A/D conversion circuit. The A/D converted data is
converted into a measured input value according to the set thermocouple/RTD type, and stored in the
KV-NC4TP buffer memory.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-11


6-6 Temperature Conversions

Communicating with the Base Unit

This section describes how to perform reading and writing operations to transfer data between the
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

buffer memory on the KV-NC4TP and the relays and data memory on the base unit.

 Automatic refresh

Control processing
KV-NC4TP
Synchronization
Automatic refresh KV-NC4TP

One scan
Program execution

6
END processing
Temperature Conversions

Each time that the ladder program executes a scan, the base unit performs reading and writing
operations to transfer data over bus lines between the KV-NC4TP buffer memory and the relays and
data memory assigned to the KV-NC4TP on the base unit. Data communication performed between
the base unit and an expansion unit as outlined above is called "automatic refresh." You do not need to
make a ladder program or configure settings for data communication.

 Operation in PROGRAM Mode


When the base unit is in PROGRAM mode, you can use the KV-NC4TP to update values such as
measured input values, special data, and analog data. In addition, relays related to special functions
(alarm relay, hold relay, and disconnection detection relay) also operate.

 Temperature conversion data update period


The temperature conversion data update period varies as shown below, depending on the number of
channels that you are using for temperature conversion.

Temperature conversion data update period=


conversion speed (125 ms/CH) × number of channels used for conversion

6-12 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-7 Procedure Prior to Operation
This section describes the basic procedure to follow when using the KV-NC4TP.

Basic Usage Procedure

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


Configure the KV STUDIO* Unit Editor settings.

• Add the KV-NC4TP to the system configuration devices.


"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)
• Set the leading relay and DM numbers of the KV-NC4TP.
"Leading Device Number" (page 6-15)
• Select settings according to the way that you want to use the KV-NC4TP.
"6-8 List of Unit Editor Settings" (page 6-14)

Use KV STUDIO* to write a program.

If necessary, create a ladder program.


6
You do not have to make a program to check operations. "KV STUDIO User's Manual"

Procedure Prior to Operation


Transfer the project that you have created to the base unit.

In KV STUDIO*, on the "Monitor Simulator" menu, click "PLC Transfer -> Monitor Mode" to transfer
the project.
"KV STUDIO User's Manual"

Check operations.

In KV STUDIO*, on the "Monitor/Simulator" menu, click "Unit Monitor" to check operations.


"Unit Monitor of KV-NC4TP" (page 6-39)

* Use version 7.10 or later of KV STUDIO.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-13


6-8 List of Unit Editor Settings
This section describes the functions of the KV-NC4TP and how to set up the KV-NC4TP.
Unit Editor is used to set up the KV-NC4TP. The settings and default values are listed below.
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

Changeable
from
Function Setting Value See Page
Ladder
Program
Common Leading DM No. Need set No 6-15
settings Leading relay No. Need set No 6-15
K thermocouple
(-270.0 to 1372.0C) Default value
J thermocouple (-210.0 to 1200.0C)
T thermocouple (-270.0 to 400.0C)
E thermocouple (-270.0 to 1000.0C)
N thermocouple (-270.0 to 1300.0C) No 6-23
Thermocouple/ Thermocouple or RTD
R thermocouple (-50.0 to 1768.0C)
RTD type type
6
S thermocouple (-50.0 to 1768.0C)
B thermocouple (0.0 to 1820.0C)
WRe5-26 thermocouple
List of Unit Editor Settings

(0.0 to 2315.0C)
Pt100 (-200.0 to 850.0C)
No 6-23
JPt100 (-200.0 to 600.0C)
Disabled
Simple average (count selection)
Averaging No
Simple average (time selection)
Moving average Default value
Averaging constant Unit Editor selection Default value
No
Averaging selection DM selection 6-24
Simple average (count
3 to 1200 ( Default value 3) Yes
selection)
Simple averaging time
1500 to 60000 ( Default value 1500) Yes
(ms)
Moving Average count 3 to 64 ( Default value 3) Yes
Disabled Default value
Alarm Use (without standby) No
Use (with standby)
Unit Editor selection Default value
Alarm function Alarm set value selection DM selection
No 6-27
Alarm upper limit value -32000 to 32000 ( Default value 32000) Yes
Alarm lower limit value -32000 to 32000 ( Default value -32000) Yes
Alarm hysteresis 0 to 32000 ( Default value 0) Yes
Disconnection detection Enabled Default value No
Disconnection
Disconnection detection 6-31
detection 1 to 1200 ( Default value 1) No
count
Input
Scaling up Default value
malfunction Input malfunction settings No 6-33
Scaling down
settings

6-14 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-9 Lists of Used Devices
This section describes the list of relay and DMs (data memory) occupied by KV-NC4TP.

Leading Device Number

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to set the leading devices of the DM (data memory) entries and relays
that the KV-NC4TP occupies.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

6
 Leading DM No.

Lists of Used Devices


Set the leading number of the data memory entries that are occupied by the KV-NC4TP.
90 words worth of data memory entries are occupied by the KV-NC4TP.
Settable range: DM00000 to DM32678
(In the case of XYM marking: D00000 to D32678)

 Leading relay No.


Set the leading channel of the relays that are occupied by the KV-NC4TP.
96 relays (6 channels) are occupied by KV-NC4TP.
Settable range: 010 (R1000) to 594 (R59400)
(In the case of XYM marking: 010 (Y1000) to 594 (Y59400))
* If you specify a channel, the relay number will be displayed.

Number of Devices Used

The number of DM (data memory) entries and relays that the KV-NC4TP occupies are shown below.
Data memory entries: 90 words
Relays: 96 (6 channels)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-15


6-9 Lists of Used Devices

List of Data Memory Entries


KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

 Normal read area


The names and contents of the data memory entries that the KV-NC4TP occupies are shown below.
( N : Leading DM number)

CH DM Number Name See Page


N + 000 Measured input value 6-16
N + 001 Special Data
6-17
N + 002 Analog data
CH0
N + 003 Peak value
6-35
N + 004 Bottom value
N + 005 to 009 Reserved for the system -
N + 010 Measured input value 6-16
6 N

N
+ 011
+ 012
Special Data
Analog data
6-17
CH1
Lists of Used Devices

N + 013 Peak value


6-35
N + 014 Bottom value
N + 015 to 019 Reserved for the system -
N + 020 Measured input value 6-16
N + 021 Special Data
6-17
N + 022 Analog data
CH2
N + 023 Peak value
6-35
N + 024 Bottom value
N + 025 to 029 Reserved for the system -
N + 030 Measured input value 6-16
N + 031 Special Data
6-17
N + 032 Analog data
CH3
N + 033 Peak value
6-35
N + 034 Bottom value
N + 035 to 039 Reserved for the system -
Common N + 040 Error code 6-42

 Measured input value


The input signal is converted to a temperature, and stored as a measured input value.

Measured input values will be stored in the following data memory.


CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3
DM Number N + 000 N + 010 N + 020 N + 030
N : Leading DM number

6-16 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-9 Lists of Used Devices

 Special data
Values processed with the special data offset function and averaging function are stored. If these functions
are not set, the same value as the measured input value is stored.

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


When multiple functions are set, the values are stored after being processed by all the set functions.
The special data valid relay does not turn ON until all functions are processed.
When the processed data of all of the processed functions is required, read the special data value after
the special data valid relay turns ON.
"Special Data Offset Function" (page 6-34)
"Averaging Function" (page 6-24)

The special data valid relay is assigned as shown below.


CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3
Special data valid relay n + 407 n + 415 n + 507 n + 515
n : Leading relay number

Special data is stored in the following data memories.


6

Lists of Used Devices


CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3
DM Number N + 001 N + 011 N + 021 N + 031
N : Leading DM number

 Analog data
The same value as the measured input value is displayed.

Analog data is stored in the following data memory:


CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3
DM Number N + 002 N + 012 N + 022 N + 032
N : Leading DM number

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-17


6-9 Lists of Used Devices

 Normal write area


Ladder programs are used to write data to this area.
The KV-NC4TP will acquire the written value during each scan, without any relays being operated by
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

ladder programs.

CH DM Number Name See Page


N + 050 Special data offset 6-34
N + 051 Alarm upper limit value
CH0 6-27
N + 052 Alarm lower limit value
N + 053 to 054 Reserved for the system -
N + 055 Special data offset 6-34
N + 056 Alarm upper limit value
CH1 6-27
N + 057 Alarm lower limit value
N + 058 to 059 Reserved for the system -
N + 060 Special data offset 6-34

6 + 061 Alarm upper limit value


N
CH2 6-27
N + 062 Alarm lower limit value
N + 063 to 064 Reserved for the system -
Lists of Used Devices

N + 065 Special data offset 6-34


N + 066 Alarm upper limit value
CH3 6-27
N + 067 Alarm lower limit value
N + 068 to 069 Reserved for the system -

 Set value communication area


Ladder programs are used to write data to this area.
However, you can only use this area when you select "DM selection" for each appropriate item in the
unit settings.
If you select "Unit Editor selection," this area will not be used.
When power is turned ON, or the base unit is switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode, or the
ladder program changes the setting update request relay ( n + 001) from OFF to ON, the value written
in this area is acquired by KV-NC4TP.

CH DM Number Name See Page


N + 070 to 071 Reserved for the system -
N + 072 Averaging constant 6-25
CH0
N + 073 Alarm hysteresis 6-27
N + 074 Reserved for the system -
N + 075 to 076 Reserved for the system -
N + 077 Averaging constant 6-25
CH1
N + 078 Alarm hysteresis 6-27
N + 079 Reserved for the system -
N + 080 to 081 Reserved for the system -
N + 082 Averaging constant 6-25
CH2
N + 083 Alarm hysteresis 6-27
N + 084 Reserved for the system -
N + 085 to 086 Reserved for the system -
N + 087 Averaging constant 6-25
CH3
N + 088 Alarm hysteresis 6-27
N + 089 Reserved for the system -

6-18 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-9 Lists of Used Devices

List of Relays

The names and contents of the relays that the KV-NC4TP occupies are shown below.

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


( n : Leading relay number)

CH Relay Number Name See Page


n + 000 Reserved for the system -
n + 001 Setting update request 6-37
Common
n + 002 to 014 Reserved for the system -
n + 015 Error clear 6-42
n + 100 Reserved for the system -
n + 101 Hold 6-35
CH0 n + 102 Disconnection detection clear 6-31
n + 103 Alarm clear 6-27
n + 104 to 107 Reserved for the system -
n

n
+ 108
+ 109
Reserved for the system
Hold
-
6-35
6
CH1 + 110 Disconnection detection clear 6-31

Lists of Used Devices


n

n + 111 Alarm clear 6-27


n + 112 to 115 Reserved for the system -
n + 200 Reserved for the system -
n + 201 Hold 6-35
CH2 n + 202 Disconnection detection clear 6-31
n + 203 Alarm clear 6-27
n + 204 to 207 Reserved for the system -
n + 208 Reserved for the system -
n + 209 Hold 6-35
CH3 n + 210 Disconnection detection clear 6-31
n + 211 Alarm clear 6-27
n + 212 to 215 Reserved for the system -

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-19


6-9 Lists of Used Devices

CH Relay Number Name See Page


n + 300 A/D conversion in progress -
n + 301 Setting update complete 6-37
Common
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

n + 302 to 314 Reserved for the system -


n + 315 Error relay 6-42
n + 400 Reserved for the system
n + 401 Hold in progress 6-35
n + 402 Disconnection detection 6-31
CH0 n + 403 Alarm upper limit
6-27
n + 404 Alarm lower limit
n + 405 to 406 Reserved for the system -
n + 407 Special data valid 6-17
n + 408 Reserved for the system -
n + 409 Hold in progress 6-35
n + 410 Disconnection detection 6-31

6 CH1 + 411 Alarm upper limit


n
6-27
n + 412 Alarm lower limit
n + 413 to 414 Reserved for the system -
Lists of Used Devices

n + 415 Special data valid 6-17


n + 500 Reserved for the system -
n + 501 Hold in progress 6-35
n + 502 Disconnection detection 6-31
CH2 n + 503 Alarm upper limit
6-27
n + 504 Alarm lower limit
n + 505 to 506 Reserved for the system -
n + 507 Special data valid 6-17
n + 508 Reserved for the system -
n + 509 Hold in progress 6-35
n + 510 Disconnection detection 6-31
CH3 n + 511 Alarm upper limit
6-27
n + 512 Alarm lower limit
n + 513 to 514 Reserved for the system -
n + 515 Special data valid 6-17

6-20 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-10 Functional Block Diagrams

Functional Block Diagram (Temperature Conversion)

This section shows the processing sequence of KV-NC4TP functions.

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


A/D conversion

Input exception
detection

Averaging
Measured input
value
Line-break
detection relay 6
Error relay

Functional Block Diagrams


Special data
Analog data
Offset

Special data

Peak/bottom
Alarm
value hold

Peak value Alarm upper limit relay


Bottom value Alarm lower limit relay

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-21


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

Channel Skip Function

You can use this function to specify which channels conversion will be skipped for. For each
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

unnecessary channel that you skip, you can make the conversion speed faster by 125 ms.

 Configuring settings
Use the KV STUDIO Unit Editor to enable and disable the channel skip function.
"2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings" (page A-11)

6
Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature

Changeable from
Setting Value Description
Ladder Program
Temperature conversion will be performed on
Disable Default value
this channel.
Channel skip No
Temperature conversion will not be performed
Enable
on this channel.

 Details
If you disable the channel skip function, temperature conversion will be performed for the channel. If
you enable the channel skip function, temperature conversion will not be performed for the channel.
In addition, even when you enable the channel skip function, there are no changes made to the device
assignments, so the value "0" is stored for the measured input value, special data, and analog data of
the skipped channels (CH0: N + 000, 001, and 002; CH1: N + 010, 011 and 012; CH2: N + 020, 021,
and 022; CH3: N + 030, 031 and 032). However, values are only stored when power is turned on,
when you change from PROG mode to RUN mode, and when settings are updated.

6-22 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

Thermocouple or RTD Type

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


The input mode can be changed according to the temperature sensor.
The thermocouple or RTD type can be set for each channel. The thermocouple or RTD types
which can be selected are shown below.
Item Value
K thermocouple (-270.0 to 1372.0C) Default value
J thermocouple (-210.0 to 1200.0C)
6
T thermocouple (-270.0 to 400.0C)

Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature


E thermocouple (-270.0 to 1000.0C)
Thermocouple N thermocouple (-270.0 to 1300.0C)
R thermocouple (-50.0 to 1768.0C)
S thermocouple (-50.0 to 1768.0C)
B thermocouple (0.0 to 1820.0C)
WRe5-26 thermocouple (0.0 to 2315.0C)
Pt100 (-200.0 to 850.0C)
RTD
JPt100 (-200.0 to 600.0C)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-23


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

Averaging Function

 What is the averaging function?


KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

The averaging function averages the temperature conversion data converted by KV-NC4TP within the
unit, and stores the result in special data. Use this function to reduce the influence of noise and other
similar factors on the input signal when these factors are causing input signal fluctuations.

6
When whether averaging is used or not, the averaging constant selection method, and averaging
Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature

constant selection is set to "Unit Editor Selection", specify the necessary constant for each averaging.
Averaging Description
Averaging is not executed. For each temperature conversion, the
Disabled
temperature conversion data will be stored in the special data.
Simple average Simple averaging will be executed over the number of temperature
(count selection) conversions that you specify. The result will be stored in the special data.
Simple average Simple averaging will be executed over the length of time that you specify.
(time selection) The result will be stored in the special data.
Moving Average Moving averaging will be executed over the number of temperature
(default value) conversions that you specify. The result will be stored in the special data.

When simple averaging or moving averaging is enabled on the KV-NC4TP, data


Point
sampling is executed according to the count specified in the time or count
selection.The result, excluding the maximum and minimum value, is stored in the
special data.

6-24 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

 Simple average (count selection)


Simple averaging will be executed over the number of temperature conversions that you specify. The
result will be stored in the special data. Results are stored in the special data each time that averaging

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


is completed. Furthermore, any values in the results after the decimal point are rounded off and stored
in the special data.
Averaging Constant Selection Value DM selection
Simple average
3 to 1200 (default value: 3) Yes
(count selection)

• After the first averaging is completed, the special data valid relay turns ON. The
Point
result is stored in the special data. Unaveraged data is stored until the special
data valid relay turns ON.
• Before the first averaging is completed, peak/bottom value hold function and
alarm function cannot be operated.

 Number of times to average and special data update period


6

Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature


When you are using the averaging function (with the number of times to average specified), the special
data update period is calculated with the following formula.
Special data update period =
number of times to simple average x temperature conversion data update period
For details on the temperature conversion data update period, see "Temperature conversion data
update period" (page 6-12).

Example Operation when the number of times to perform averaging is set to 5


Temperature Temperature conversion
conversion starts data update period

Measured input D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11


value

Special data D1 D2 D3 D4 AVG1 AVG2

AVG1 = (among D1 to D5, the sum of three values after removing the maximum value and minimum value)/3
AVG2 = (among D6 to D10, the sum of three values after removing the maximum value and minimum value)/3

 Simple average (time selection)


Simple averaging will be executed over the length of time that you specify. The result will be stored in
the special data. Results are stored in the special data each time that averaging is completed.
Furthermore, any values in the results after the decimal point are rounded off and stored in the special
data.
Averaging Constant Selection Value DM selection
1500 to 60000
Simple averaging time (ms) Yes
(default value: 1500)

• After the first averaging is completed, the special data valid relay turns ON. The
Point result is stored in the special data. Unaveraged data is stored until the special
data valid relay turns ON.
• Before the first averaging is completed, peak/bottom value hold function and
alarm function cannot be operated.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-25


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

 Averaging time and number of averaged measured input values


The number of measured input values for averaging (time) is calculated according to the following
formulae.
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

Number of measured input value entries to average =


simple averaging time / temperature conversion data update period
* Values after the decimal point are rounded off.
For details on the temperature conversion data update period, see "Temperature conversion data
update period" (page 6-12).

Example Operation when the number of channels used for A/D conversion is 2 and the
simple averaging time is set to 10000 ms
Temperature conversion data update speed =
conversion speed (125 ms/CH) x 2 channels = 250 ms
Number of measured input values for averaging = 10000 ms / 250 ms = 40
Temperature Temperature conversion

6
conversion starts data update period

Measured input D1 D2 ࣭࣭࣭ D39 D40 D41 D42 ࣭࣭࣭ D79 D80 D81
Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature

value

Special data D1 D2 D39 AVG1 AVG2

AVG1 = (among D1 to D40, the sum of 38 values after removing the maximum value and minimum value)/38
AVG2 = (among D41 to D80, the sum of 38 values after removing the maximum value and minimum value)/38

 Moving average
Moving averaging will be executed over the number of temperature conversions that you specify. The
result will be stored in the special data. Any values in the results after the decimal point are rounded off
and stored in the special data.
Averaging Constant Selection Value DM selection
Moving Average count 3 to 64 (default value: 3) Yes

• After the first averaging is completed, the special data valid relay turns ON. The
Point
result is stored in the special data. Unaveraged data is stored until the special
data valid relay turns ON.
• Before the first averaging is completed, peak/bottom value hold function and
alarm function cannot be operated.

Example Operation when the moving average count is set to 5


Temperature Temperature conversion
conversion starts data update period

Measured input D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10


value

Special data D1 D2 D3 D4 AVG1 AVG2 AVG3 AVG4 AVG5 AVG6

AVG1 = (among D1 to D5, the sum of three values after removing the max. value and min. value)/3
AVG2 = (among D2 to D6, the sum of three values after removing the max. value and min. value)/3
AVG3 = (among D3 to D7, the sum of three values after removing the max. value and min. value)/3
AVG4 = (among D4 to D8, the sum of three values after removing the max. value and min. value)/3
AVG5 = (among D5 to D9, the sum of three values after removing the max. value and min. value)/3
AVG6 = (among D6 to D10, the sum of three values after removing the max. value and min. value)/3

6-26 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

Alarm Function

 What is the alarm function?

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


The alarm function allows the special data of KV-NC4TP to be compared with the alarm upper limit/
lower limit value, and turns the alarm upper/lower limit relay ON and OFF.

When whether the alarm function is used, and the alarm set value selection is set to "Unit Editor
selection", specify the upper alarm limit value, lower alarm limit value, and alarm hysteresis.
6

Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature


The alarm function operates independently on each channel.
The alarm function is performed for the results of the averaging function and special data offset function
processing.
"Averaging Function" (page 6-24)
"Special Data Offset Function" (page 6-34)

When the alarm clear relay is turned ON, the alarm upper limit relay and alarm lower limit relay will be
forcibly turned OFF. The alarm upper limit relay, alarm lower limit relay and alarm clear relay are
assigned as shown below.

CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3


Alarm upper limit relay n + 403 n + 411 n + 503 n + 511
Alarm lower limit relay n + 404 n + 412 n + 504 n + 512
Alarm clear relay n + 103 n + 111 n + 203 n + 211
n : Leading relay number

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-27


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

 Detailed Description of the Alarm Function (without standby)


The alarm function relays operate as shown below.
Special data
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

Alarm upper limit value


Alarm hysteresis

Alarm hysteresis
Alarm lower limit value

Time

6 (3) (4)
Alarm upper limit relay
Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature

(1)
(2) (5)
Alarm lower limit relay

(1) KV-NC4TP The special data is less than or equal to the alarm lower limit value, so the alarm
lower limit relay turns ON.
(2) KV-NC4TP Special data exceeds the alarm lower limit value + alarm hysteresis, so the
alarm lower limit relay turns OFF.
(3) KV-NC4TP Special data is greater than or equal to the alarm upper limit value, so the alarm
upper limit relay turns ON.
(4) KV-NC4TP Special data is lower than the alarm upper limit value - alarm hysteresis, so the
alarm upper limit relay turns OFF.
(5) KV-NC4TP Special data is less than or equal to the alarm lower limit value, so the upper and
lower limit alarm lower limit relay turns ON.

• When the base unit is switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode, the alarm
Point
upper limit (lower limit) relay is temporarily turned OFF.
• When the DM specifies the alarm set value and a setting update is performed,
the alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay keeps the same ON/OFF status as
before the setting update.

6-28 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

 Detailed Description of the Alarm Function (with standby)


The alarm function (with standby) means that when operation begins or when the set value is changed,
the alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay turns OFF once if the alarm exceeds the upper limit value (is

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


lower than the lower limit value), and it stays OFF until input data reaches the range of the alarm upper
limit (lower limit). When input data reaches the range of the alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay OFF,
operation is the same as the alarm function (without standby).
The alarm function relays operate as shown below.
Special data

Alarm upper limit value


Alarm hysteresis

Alarm hysteresis
6
Alarm lower limit value

Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature


Time

(2) (3)
Alarm upper limit relay

Alarm lower limit relay (1) (4)

(1) KV-NC4TP Special data is less than or equal to the lower alarm limit value, but after starting,
the alarm lower limit relay never passes through the OFF range, so the alarm
lower limit relay stays OFF.
(2) KV-NC4TP The special data is higher than the alarm upper limit value, but it has passed
once through the range of alarm upper limit relay OFF, so the alarm upper limit
relay turns ON.
(3) KV-NC4TP Special data is lower than the alarm upper limit value - alarm hysteresis, so the
alarm upper limit relay turns OFF.
(4) KV-NC4TP Special data is lower than the alarm lower limit value, but has passed once
through the range of alarm lower limit relay OFF, so the upper and lower limit
alarm lower limit relay turns ON.

• When the base unit is switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode, the alarm
Point
upper limit (lower limit) relay is temporarily turned OFF.
• When the DM specifies the alarm set value and a setting update is performed,
the alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay keeps the same ON/OFF status as
before the setting update.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-29


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

 Operation of the alarm clear relay


The alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay and the alarm clear relay operate as shown below.

(4)
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

(2)
Alarm upper limit In case special data exceeds
(lower limit) relay alarm upper limit value (lower
than the lower limit value)
(3)
Alarm clear relay
(1)
Alarm clear validity period

(1) Ladder program The alarm clear relay turns ON.


(2) KV-NC4TP The alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay is forcibly turned OFF.
(3) Ladder program The alarm clear relay turns OFF.
(4) KV-NC4TP When special data is more than or equal to the alarm upper limit value (less than

6 or equal to the lower limit value), the alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay turns
ON. When special data is NOT more than or equal to the alarm upper limit value
Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature

(less than or equal to the lower limit value), the alarm upper limit (lower limit)
relay stays OFF.

6-30 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

Disconnection Detection Function

 What is the disconnection detection function?

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


When the below conditions are detected repeatedly, to the amount specified in disconnection detection
count, the signal line is considered to be disconnected, so the disconnection detection relay turns ON.
When the disconnection detection clear relay turns ON, the disconnection detection relay turns OFF.

 Disconnection detection conditions


For thermocouples, when the +/- terminals are disconnected
For RTD input, when the B/b/a terminals are disconnected

Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature


Specify the disconnection detection count.
The disconnection detection function operates independently on each channel.
The disconnection detection relay and disconnection detection clear relay are assigned as follows.

CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3


Disconnection detection relay n + 402 n + 410 n + 502 n + 510
Disconnection detection clear n + 102 n + 110 n + 202 n + 210
relay
n : Leading relay number

• When using KV-NC4TP, the disconnection detection function is always


Point
"Enabled" (fixed).
• When the base unit is switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode, the
disconnection detection relay is temporarily turned OFF.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-31


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

 Operation of the disconnection detection relay and disconnection


detection clear relay
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

The disconnection detection relay and disconnection detection clear relay operate as shown below.

Continuous detection times of line-break


detection conditions exceeds the
line-break detection times.

(5)
(1) (3)
Line-break detection relay Line-break alarm clear relay
In case continuous detection times
of line-break detection conditions
(2) (4) exceeds line-break detection times
Line-break detection after line-break alarm relay is OFF.
clear relay

6 Line-break detection
clear validity period
Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature

(1) KV-NC4TP When the disconnection detection conditions are detected repeatedly and the
amount exceeds or is equal to the specified disconnection detection count, the
disconnection detection relay turns ON.
(2) Ladder program The disconnection detection clear relay turns ON.
(3) KV-NC4TP The disconnection detection relay turns OFF.
(4) Ladder program The disconnection detection clear relay turns OFF.
(5) KV-NC4TP When the disconnection detection conditions are detected repeatedly and the
amount exceeds or is equal to the specified disconnection detection count
again, the disconnection detection relay turns ON.

6-32 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

Input Exception Setting Function

 What is the input exception setting function?

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


When the disconnection detection relay is ON, the input exception setting function scales up or scales
down and stores the measured input value during cold contact compensation errors or input exception
errors.

Specify the input exception setting and set value.


The input exception setting function operates independently on each channel. 6
The setting value in case of input exception can only be changed using the Unit Editor.

Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature


The following values are saved in the measured input value and special data during input exceptions.

Setting in case of input


Measured input value Special data
exceptions
Scaling up Upper limit temperature
Measured input value operational value
Scaling down Lower limit temperature

• In channels where an input exception has occurred, the special data valid relay
Point
turns OFF, and averaging does not execute.
• When the unit has recovered from an input exception (recovery from
disconnection, cold contact compensation error clear, or input exception error
clear), all functions, such as the averaging function, start running from their
default status. When sampling has been performed for the amount of specified
averaging time, the special data valid relay turns ON.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-33


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

Special Data Offset Function

 What is the special data offset function?


KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

The normal communication area special data offset value is calculated and stored in the KV-NC4TP
special data.

Value stored in special data = KV-NC4TP internal data + special data offset value

Use this function when you want to use DM values to correct the special data.
The special data offset function operates independently on each channel.

The special data offset value is assigned to the following data memories:

DM Number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3


6 Special data offset value N + 050 N + 055 N + 060 N + 065
N : Leading DM number
Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature

The special data offset value is treated as signed 16-bit data. Therefore, it can be set within the range
of -32768 to 32767.
KV-NC4TP reads the DM of the special data offset value in each scan. Therefore, you do not have to
use a ladder program to operate the relays.
When the special data offset function is used, special data can be changed in the signed 16 bit range
(-32768 to 32767) (out of the input range). If special data exceeds the signed 16-bit range due to the
addition of the special data offset value, the special data is clipped to the lower limit (-32768) or upper
limit (32767).
The special data offset function is performed on the processing result of the averaging function.
"Averaging Function" (page 6-24)

You cannot disable the special data offset function. Therefore, note that if you store a value other than
"0" in the special data offset value, the special data will be offset. If special data should not be offset,
please save“0”in the special data offset value.

6-34 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

Peak and Bottom Hold Function

 What is the peak and bottom hold function?

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


This function is used to store the special data peak value and bottom value in the DM occupied by
KV-NC4TP when the hold relay is ON (the hold in progress relay is turned ON by KV-NC4TP). When
the hold relay changes from ON to OFF (the hold in progress relay is changed from ON to OFF by
KV-NC4TP), the peak and bottom value will stop being held, and the DM value will not be updated.

The hold relay and hold in progress relay are assigned as follows:

CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3


Hold relay n + 101 n + 109 n + 201 n + 209
Hold in progress relay n + 401 n + 409 n + 501 n + 509
n : Leading relay number

6
The peak and bottom values are stored in the following data memory entries.

Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature


DM Number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3
Peak value N + 003 N + 013 N + 023 N + 033
Bottom value N + 004 N + 014 N + 024 N + 034
N : Leading DM number

Updates are made to the peak and bottom values by the peak and bottom hold function once per
temperature conversion performed within the KV-NC4TP, so these updates are not affected by the scan
time of the base unit.
The peak and bottom hold function operates independently on each channel.
The peak and bottom hold function is performed for the results of the averaging function and special
data offset function processing.
"Averaging Function" (page 6-24)
"Special Data Offset Function" (page 6-34)

If you are using the averaging function, the peak and bottom values will not be updated until the first
averaging operation is completed.
"Averaging Function" (page 6-24)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-35


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

How to Use DM Selection to Change Settings

This section describes how to use DM selection to change settings.


KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

 DM selection of the set value

In the unit setup of Unit Editor, set each selection method to“DM selection”.
The settings that you can set to "DM selection" and their corresponding value ranges are shown below.

6 Function Setting
Simple average
3 to 1200
Value See Page
6-25
(count selection)
Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature

Averaging Simple averaging time


1500 to 60000 6-25
(ms)
Moving Average count 3 to 64 6-26
Alarm upper limit value -32000 to 32000
Alarm Alarm lower limit value -32000 to 32000 6-27
Alarm hysteresis 0 to 32000

 Timing of setting updates when using DM selection


The KV-NC4TP reads and updates the DM values of settings that are set to DM selection when:
(1) Power is turned on
(2) The base unit is switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode.
(3) The setting update request relay ( n + 001) is changed from OFF to ON.

• All settings that are set to DM selection are updated in the above situations.
Point
Some of the settings cannot be updated.
• Settings that are not set to DM selection (those that you are using the Unit
Editor to specify) keep the values set in Unit Editor, and are not changed even if
you store values in the DM entries of the corresponding setting communication
area.
• In the above setting update situations, if a DM value is outside of the
corresponding setting range, a unit error will occur on the KV-NC4TP, and A/D
conversion will not be performed. (In this case, the error relay ( n + 315) will be
turned ON.) To clear the unit error and perform A/D conversion, change the DM
value so that it is within the setting range, and then execute one of the above
setting update situations ((1) to (3)).
• When power off holding is not performed on the value of the target DM, A/D
conversion on all channels stops between the power being turned ON and the
unit entering RUN mode. If a value that is within the setting range is stored during
the first scan that is performed after operation starts (when CR2008 is turned ON
or when executed within an initialization module), the A/D conversion is started
without a unit error occurring.

6-36 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-11 Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature Input

 Details on using the setting update request relay to update settings


(1) (5)
A numerical value A numerical value
Setting DM

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


within the setting range outside of the setting range

A/D setting update (1) (3) (5)


request relay
( + 001)

A/D setting update (2) (4)


complete relay
( + 301)

(6) (8)
Error relay
( + 315)
6

Explanations of Functions Related to Temperature


(7)
Error clear relay
( + 015)

(1) Ladder program The new values are stored in the DM entries of the settings that are set to DM
selection, and the setting update request relay is turned ON (these operations
can be performed in the same scan).
(2) KV-NC4TP When the setting update has been completed, the setting update complete relay
is turned ON.
(3) Ladder program The setting update request relay is turned OFF.
(4) KV-NC4TP The setting update complete relay is turned OFF.
(5) Ladder program A value that is outside of the setting range is stored, and the setting update
request relay is turned ON.
(6) KV-NC4TP The error relay is turned ON (the setting update complete relay is not turned
ON).
At the same time, an error code is stored in the DM entry ( N + 040).
(7) Ladder program After a value within the setting value range is stored, and setting update is
performed, the error clear relay is turned ON.
(8) KV-NC4TP The error relay is turned OFF.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-37


6-12 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations
The Unit Monitor function of the KV STUDIO ladder support software displays the relays and DM values
that are being used by the monitored unit. The information is displayed in the most optimum manner for
the unit being monitored. This section describes how to view and operate the Unit Monitor.
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

Unit Monitor Overview

The Unit Monitor is a window that displays relays and DM values in the most optimum manner for the
unit being monitored.


The Unit Monitor has the following characteristics.
DM entries and relays assigned to each unit can be displayed in the state that they were

• originally registered.
Monitoring is easy because prescribed display contents and layouts have been prepared for

6 • each unit.
You can monitor a unit simply by selecting it. You do not have to worry about the assignment
status of relays and DM entries.
Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

You can only select the Unit Monitor from the menus during monitor mode and
Point
online edit mode.

Display of the Unit Monitor

Follow the procedure below to display the unit that you want to monitor.

1 On the "Monitor/Simulator" menu, click "Unit Monitor."


The "Select Unit Monitor" dialog box is displayed.

2 Select the unit that you want to monitor, and then click "Display."

Alternative procedure

• Under "Unit configuration" under "Workspace,"


double-click the unit that you want to monitor. Or,
right-click the unit, and then click "Unit Monitor" in

• the menu that appears.


In the Unit Editor, right-click the unit that you want
to monitor, and then click "Unit Monitor" in the
menu that appears. Or, on the "View" menu, click
"Unit Monitor."

6-38 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-12 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

Unit Monitor of KV-NC4TP

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


 Brief display

(2) A/D conversion in (1) Unit information


progress indicator

(3) CH

(4) Temperature sensor

(5) Measured input value

(6) Special data 6

Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations


(7) Offset Value

(8) Analog data

(9) Disconnection

(10) "Detailed display" (12) Error message display


button
(11) "Real time chart monitor" button

Name Function See page


This displays the connection No. and model name of the selected
(1) Unit information −
unit.
This indicator turns on when A/D conversion is in progress. This
(2) A/D conversion in
indicator turns off when a system error occurs that makes it 6-20
progress indicator
impossible to perform A/D conversion.
(3) CH This displays the channel name. −
(4) Temperature sensor This displays the set temperature sensor. 6-9
(5) Measured input value This displays the measured input value. 6-16
(6) Special data This displays the special data. 6-17
(7) Offset Value The special data offset value can be monitored and changed. 6-34
This displays the value of the A/D converted data which has been
(8) Analog data 6-17
changed to temperature data.
This displays the ON/OFF status of the disconnection detection
relay.
(9) Disconnection 6-31
-: The relay is turned OFF.
* : The relay is turned ON.
(10) "Detailed display"
Click this button to display the detailed data. −
button
(11) "Real time chart
Click this button to start the real-time chart monitor. −
monitor" button
When the error relay turns on, this displays a message according
(12) Error Message display 6-42
to the content of the error code.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-39


6-12 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

 Detailed display
On the detailed display, the status of each function can be monitored, and set values can be changed.
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

• Functions that have been set to "Disabled" will be displayed as "---". These
Point
functions cannot be monitored or changed.
• The background of settings of functions whose selection methods have been
set to "Unit Editor selection" are displayed in gray. These settings cannot be
changed (updated).
• The background of settings of functions whose selection methods have been
set to "DM selection" are displayed in white. These settings can be changed
(updated).

6
Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

(2) Alarm

(2) Hold

(3) Averaging

(4) "Hide details" button

(5) "Display assigned devices”check box

(6) "Read setting" button (7) "Update setting" button

6-40 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-12 Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations

Name Function See page


Each alarm function setting can be monitored and changed. In
addition, the ON/OFF status of the alarm upper limit and lower
(1) Alarm

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


6-27
limit relay can be monitored, and the alarm clear relay can be
forcibly turned ON/OFF.
The peak and bottom hold function's peak value, bottom value,
(2) Hold and ON/OFF status of the hold in progress relay can be 6-35
monitored. The hold relay can also be forcibly turned ON/OFF.
The averaging function categories can be monitored, and the
(3) Averaging 6-24
average constant can be monitored or changed.
(4) "Hide details" button Click this button to close the detailed data. −
(5) "Display assigned When checked, the displayed content will change to the assigned
device. When the displayed contents are not assigned to a DM or −
devices”check box a relay, they will be displayed as "---".
(6) "Read setting" button Click this button to read the set value to the designated DM. −
Click this button to forcibly turn the setting update request relay
(7) "Update setting" button
ON or OFF and update the KV-NC4TP's internal settings to the
values entered in the Unit Monitor (this only applies to settings to
− 6
which DM selection has been specified).

Using the Unit Monitor to Check Operations


When Unit Monitor is started, and the set value is updated from the ladder
Point
diagram program (DM selection), the Unit Monitor is not updated. Press the "Read
setting" button to update the information.

Point the cursor to the device with an assigned DM or relay, and select cross reference
Reference
from the right click menu. The cross reference of the target device will be displayed in
the KV STUDIO output window.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-41


6-13 Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Remedies
When an error occurs on the KV-NC4TP, the error relay turns ON, and the code No. is stored in the
error code data memory. Remove the cause of the error. When the error clear relay turns ON, the error
relay turns OFF, and“0”is stored in the error code data memory.
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

Error Message List

Error relays, error clear relays, and error codes are assigned as follows.
CH number CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3
Error relay n + 315 (common for CH0 to 3)
Error clear relay n + 015 (common for CH0 to 3)
Data memory for storing error code N + 040 (common for CH0 to 3)

n : Leading relay No. N : Leading DM No.

6 Error Code Error Message Cause


An error has occurred in the
Remedy
Consult your nearest
110 System error calibration data stored in the
Operation When an Error Occurs and Error Reme-

KEYENCE office.
internal storage device.
The averaging constant has
Average constant setting
52x been set to a value outside of
error
its range. Configure the settings so that
The set value of the alarm they have appropriate values,
upper limit value, alarm lower and then update the settings.
53x Alarm setting error
limit value, or alarm hysteresis
is out of range.
Specify DM selection for the
An attempt was made to update
settings that you want to
550 Setting update error settings with no settings set to
update, and execute the setting
DM selection.
update.
Check that there are no foreign
objects in the connection
section of the terminal block.
If there are any foreign objects,
remove them by, for example,
removing the terminal block
The cold contact compensation and using a blower.
Cold junction
560 circuit has malfunctioned while If this error occurs frequently,
compensation error
a thermocouple is being used. contact your KEYENCE
representative.
* Do not touch the cold contact
compensation resistor. The
accuracy of the cold contact
compensation resistor cannot
be guaranteed if it is touched.
57x Input error There is an input error. Please wire the RTD correctly.
Remove any sources of noise.
A/D converter is not in ready If this error occurs frequently,
590 A/D converter error
status. contact your KEYENCE
representative.

X: CH No. of error

6-42 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


6-14 Resolution/Accuracy List of the Thermocouples/RTDs
The resolution and accuracy of each type of thermocouple and RTD input, and measured temperature
is shown below.

KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)


Measurement
Input Type Resolution System accuracy
temperature range*1
-270 to -200C ---*2 ---*2
-200 to -100C 0.3C
K -100 to 0C 0.2C  4.29C (at 25C  5C)
0 to 1300C 0.1C  7.57C (at 0C to 55C)
1300 to 1372C 0.2C
-210 to -200C ---*2 ---*2
J -200 to -100C 0.2C  3.82C (at 25C  5C)
0 to 1200C 0.1C  6.64C (at 0C to 55C)
-270 to -200C ---*2 ---*2
-200 to -100C 0.3C
T
-100 to 0C 0.2C
 2.34C (at 25C  5C)
 3.68C (at 0C to 55C)
6
0 to 400C 0.1C

Resolution/Accuracy List of the Thermocouples/


-270 to -200C ---*2 ---*2
E -200 to -100C 0.2C  3.54C (at 25C  5C)
-100 to 1000C 0.1C  6.08C (at 0C to 55C)
Thermocouples
-270 to -200C ---*2 ---*2
-200 to 0C 0.4C
N  4.14C (at 25C  5C)
0 to 400C 0.2C
 7.28C (at 0C to 55C)
400 to 1300C 0.1C
-50 to 0C 1C ---*3
R 0 to 100C 1C  4.64C (at 25C  5C)
100 to 1768C 0.5C  8.28C (at 0C to 55C)
-50 to 0C 1C ---*3
S 0 to 200C 1C  4.64C (at 25C  5C)
200 to 1768C 0.5C  8.28C (at 0C to 55C)
0 to 400C ---*2 ---*2
B 400 to 1000C 1C  4.64C (at 25C  5C)
1000 to 1820C 0.5C  8.28C (at 0C to 55C)
 5.62C (at 25C  5C)
WRe5-26 0 to 2315C 0.5C
 10.24C (at 0C to 55C)
 2.1C (at 25C  5C)
Pt100 -200 to 850C 0.1C
 4.2C (at 0C to 55C)
RTD
 1.6C (at 25C  5C)
JPt100 -200 to 600C 0.1C
 3.2C (at 0C to 55C)

*1 When an input value is outside of the measurable temperature range in the table, it is treated as the maximum/
minimum value of the measured temperature range.
*2 Temperature measurement is available, but the resolution and accuracy cannot be guaranteed.
*3 Temperature measurement is available, but the accuracy cannot be guaranteed.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - 6-43


6-14 Resolution/Accuracy List of the Thermocouples/RTDs

MEMO
KV-NC4TP (TEMPERATURE INPUT)

6
Resolution/Accuracy List of the Thermocouples/

6-44 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


APPENDICES
The appendices contain the differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series
analog temperature units and the KV-N3AM, information on how to configure
Unit Editor settings, and the manual index.

1 Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and


the KV-N3AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings . . . . . . . . . . A-11
3 Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - A-1


1 Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM
This appendix describes the differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series analog temperature units
and the KV-N3AM.

A/D Conversion Function Differences

KV Nano Series KV-5000/3000 Series


Item
KV-N3AM KV-NC4AD KV-AM40V KV-AD40V KV-AD40G KV-AD40
Number of analog input channels 2 4 2 4
1/8000 1/8000 1/16000 1/40000 1/60000 1/8000
-10 to +10V
2.5 mV 2.5 mV 1.25 mV 0.5 mV 0.33 mV 2.5 mV
1/4000 1/4000 1/8000 1/20000 1/30000 1/4000
0 to 10V
2.5 mV 2.5 mV 1.25 mV 0.5 mV 0.33 mV 2.5 mV
APPENDICES

1/16000 1/40000
Voltage -5 to 5V - - - -
0.625 mV 0.25 mV
Input
1/4000 1/4000 1/8000 1/20000 1/30000 1/4000
range and 0 to 5V
1.25 mV 1.25 mV 0.625 mV 0.25 mV 0.17 mV 1.25 mV
resolution
1/3200 1/3200 1/6400 1/16000 1/24000 1/3200
1 to 5V
1.25 mV 1.25 mV 0.625 mV 0.25 mV 0.17 mV 1.25 mV
1/4000 1/4000 1/8000 1/20000 1/30000 1/4000
0 to 20mA
5 µA 5 µA 2.5 µA 1 µA 0.67 µA 5 µA
Current
1/3200 1/3200 1/6400 1/16000 1/24000 1/4000
Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM

4 to 20mA
5 µA 5 µA 2.5 µA 1 µA 0.67 µA 4 µA
80 µs/2 CH
Conversion speed 80 µs/CH 25 µs/CH 160 µs/ 80 µs/CH
4 CH
Yes Yes
Yes
Scaling function (-30000 to (-32000 to
(-32000 to 32000)
30000) 32000)
Special data offset function Yes No
Zero drift function Yes No
Simple
Yes Yes Yes
averaging
(2 to 60000) (2 to 65000) (2 to 62500)
count
Simple
Yes Yes Yes
averaging
Averaging function (1 to 1500) (1 to 3000) (2 to 5000)
time(ms)
Moving Yes Yes
No
Average count (2 to 64) (2 to 1000)
First-order lag
No Yes No
filter
Comparator function Yes
Peak and bottom hold function Yes
Disconnection detection function Yes
Buffering function No Yes No
External trigger input No Yes
Temperature shift compensation Yes No
DM selection of settings Yes No
Direct refresh and *1
No Yes No
unit-specific instructions
*1 Direct refresh and unit-specific instructions are not supported when connected to a KV-1000/700.

A-2 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


1 Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM

 Data memory entry assignment differences

KV Nano Series KV-5000/3000 Series


Name
KV-N3AM KV-NC4AD KV-AM40V KV-AD40V KV-AD40G KV-AD40
A/D converted data (CH0) N + 000
A/D converted data (CH1) N + 005
A/D converted data (CH2) - N + 010 - N + 010
A/D converted data (CH3) - N + 015 - N + 015
Special data (CH0) N + 001
Special data (CH1) N + 006
Special data (CH2) - N + 011 - N + 011
Special data (CH3) - N + 016 - N + 016
Analog data (CH0) N + 002
Analog data (CH1) N + 007

APPENDICES
Analog data (CH2) - N + 012 - N + 012
Analog data (CH3) - N + 017 - N + 017
Peak value (CH0) N + 003 N + 001

Bottom value (CH0) N + 004 (special data)


Peak value (CH1) N + 008 N + 006

Bottom value (CH1) N + 009 (special data)


Peak value (CH2) - N + 013 - N + 013 N + 011

Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM


Bottom value (CH2) - N + 014 - N + 014 (special data)
Peak value (CH3) - N + 018 - N + 018 N + 016

Bottom value (CH3) - N + 019 - N + 019 (special data)


Input capture value (common) - N + 020
Error code (common) N + 012 N + 020 N + 012 N + 020 N + 021
Special data offset (CH0) N + 015 N + 021 N + 015 N + 021
Special data offset (CH1) N + 017 N + 022 N + 017 N + 022
-
Special data offset (CH2) - N + 023 - N + 023
Special data offset (CH3) - N + 024 - N + 024
Scaling upper limit (CH0) N + 022 N + 025 N + 022 N + 025
Scaling lower limit (CH0) N + 023 N + 026 N + 023 N + 026
Scaling upper limit (CH1) N + 029 N + 032 N + 029 N + 032
Scaling lower limit (CH1) N + 030 N + 033 N + 030 N + 033
-
Scaling upper limit (CH2) - N + 039 - N + 039
Scaling lower limit (CH2) - N + 040 - N + 040
Scaling upper limit (CH3) - N + 046 - N + 046
Scaling lower limit (CH3) - N + 047 - N + 047
Averaging constant (CH0) N + 024 N + 027 N + 024 N + 027
Averaging constant (CH1) N + 031 N + 034 N + 031 N + 034
-
Averaging constant (CH2) - N + 041 - N + 041
Averaging constant (CH3) - N + 048 - N + 048
Comparator upper limit (CH0) N + 025 and 026 N + 028 and 029 N + 025 and 026 N + 028 and 029 N + 003
Comparator lower limit (CH0) N + 027 and 028 N + 030 and 031 N + 027 and 028 N + 030 and 031 N + 004
Comparator upper limit (CH1) N + 032 and 033 N + 035 and 036 N + 032 and 033 N + 035 and 036 N + 008
Comparator lower limit (CH1) N + 034 and 035 N + 037 and 038 N + 034 and 035 N + 037 and 038 N + 009
Comparator upper limit (CH2) - N + 042 and 043 - N + 042 and 043 N + 013
Comparator lower limit (CH2) - N + 044 and 045 - N + 044 and 045 N + 014
Comparator upper limit (CH3) - N + 049 and 050 - N + 049 and 050 N + 018
Comparator lower limit (CH3) - N + 051 and 052 - N + 051 and 052 N + 019
Buffering communication area
- N + 062 to 1069 -
(common)

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - A-3


1 Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM

 Relay assignment differences

KV Nano Series KV-5000/3000 Series


Name
KV-N3AM KV-NC4AD KV-AM40V KV-AD40V KV-AD40G KV-AD40
Setting update request (common) n + 001 -
Setting read request (common) - n + 002 -
Buffering request (common) - n + 003 -
Buffering trigger (common) - n + 004 -
Buffering read request (common) - n + 005 -
Trigger update notification area (common) - n + 007 -
Error clear (common) n + 015 -
Zero drift (CH0) n + 100
Zero drift (CH1) n + 108
-
Zero drift (CH2) - n + 200 - n + 200
Zero drift (CH3) - n + 208 - n + 208
APPENDICES

Hold (CH0) n + 101


Hold (CH1) n + 109
-
Hold (CH2) - n + 201 - n + 201
Hold (CH3) - n + 209 - n + 209
Disconnection detection clear (CH0) n + 102
Disconnection detection clear (CH1) n + 110
-
Disconnection detection clear (CH2) - n + 202 - n + 202
Disconnection detection clear (CH3) - n + 210 - n + 210
Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM

Comparator reset (CH0) n + 103


Comparator reset (CH1) n + 111
-
Comparator reset (CH2) - n + 203 - n + 203
Comparator reset (CH3) - n + 211 - n + 211
A/D conversion in progress (common) n + 300 -
A/D setting update complete (common) n + 301 -
Setting read complete (common) - n + 302 -
Buffering in progress (common) - n + 303 -
Buffering trigger detection (common) - n + 304 -
Buffering read complete (common) - n + 305 -
Buffering complete (common) - n + 306 -
Trigger update notification (common) - n + 307 -
Input capture (common) - n + 100
Error (common) n + 315 n + 101
Zero drift in progress (CH0) n + 400
Zero drift in progress (CH1) n + 408
-
Zero drift in progress (CH2) - n + 500 - n + 500
Zero drift in progress (CH3) - n + 508 - n + 508
Hold in progress (CH0) n + 401 n + 000
Hold in progress (CH1) n + 409 n + 004
Hold in progress (CH2) - n + 501 - n + 501 n + 008
Hold in progress (CH3) - n + 509 - n + 509 n + 012
Disconnection detection (CH0) n + 402 n + 000
Disconnection detection (CH1) n + 410 n + 004
Disconnection detection (CH2) - n + 502 - n + 502 n + 008
Disconnection detection (CH3) - n + 510 - n + 510 n + 012
Comparator upper limit (CH0) n + 403 n + 002
Comparator lower limit (CH0) n + 404 n + 003
Comparator upper limit (CH1) n + 411 n + 006
Comparator lower limit (CH1) n + 412 n + 007
Comparator upper limit (CH2) - n + 503 - n + 503 n + 010
Comparator lower limit (CH2) - n + 504 - n + 504 n + 011
Comparator upper limit (CH3) - n + 511 - n + 511 n + 014
Comparator lower limit (CH3) - n + 512 - n + 512 n + 015

A-4 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


1 Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM

D/A Conversion Function Differences

KV Nano Series KV-5000/3000 Series


Item
KV-N3AM KV-NC2DA KV-AM40V KV-DA40V KV-DA40
Number of analog output channels 1 2 4
1/8000 1/8000 1/16000 1/40000 1/8000
-10 to +10V
2.5 mV 2.5 mV 1.25 mV 0.5 mV 2.5 mV
1/4000 1/4000 1/8000 1/20000 1/4000
0 to 10V
2.5 mV 2.5 mV 1.25 mV 0.5 mV 2.5 mV
Voltage
1/4000 1/4000 1/8000 1/20000 1/4000
0 to 5V
Output range 1.25 mV 1.25 mV 0.625 mV 0.25 mV 1.25 mV
and resolution 1/3200 1/3200 1/6400 1/16000 1/3200
1 to 5V
1.25 mV 1.25 mV 0.625 mV 0.25 mV 1.25 mV

APPENDICES
1/4000 1/4000 1/8000 1/20000 1/4000
0 to 20mA
5 µA 5 µA 2.5 µA 1 µA 5 µA
Current
1/3200 1/3200 1/6400 1/16000 1/4000
4 to 20mA
5 µA 5 µA 2.5 µA 1 µA 4 µA
Conversion speed 80 µs/CH 25 µs/CH 80 µs/CH
Yes
Scaling function
(-32000 to 32000)
Output data offset function Yes No

Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM


Upper/lower limit alarm function Yes
Output limit function Yes
Error hold function Yes
DM selection of settings Yes No
Direct refresh and *1
No No Yes Yes No
unit-specific instructions
*1 Direct refresh and unit-specific instructions are not supported when connected to a KV-1000/700.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - A-5


1 Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM

 Data memory entry assignment differences

KV Nano Series KV-5000/3000 Series


Name
KV-N3AM KV-NC2DA KV-AM40V KV-DA40V KV-DA40
Output data (CH0) - N + 000 - N + 000 N + 000
Output data (CH1) - N + 002 - N + 002 N + 004
Output data (CH2) N + 018 - N + 018 N + 004 N + 008
Output data (CH3) - N + 020 N + 006 N + 012
Output data offset (CH0) - N + 001 - N + 001
Output data offset (CH1) - N + 003 - N + 003
-
Output data offset (CH2) N + 019 - N + 019 N + 005
Output data offset (CH3) - N + 021 N + 007
Analog data (CH0) - N + 010 - N + 010 N + 001
Analog data (CH1) - N + 011 - N + 011 N + 005
APPENDICES

Analog data (CH2) N + 010 - N + 010 N + 012 N + 009


Analog data (CH3) - N + 011 N + 013 N + 013
Error code (common) N + 012 N + 014 N + 012 N + 014 N + 021
Scaling upper limit (CH0) - N + 020 - N + 020
Scaling lower limit (CH0) - N + 021 - N + 021
Scaling upper limit (CH1) - N + 024 - N + 024
Scaling lower limit (CH1) - N + 025 - N + 025
-
Scaling upper limit (CH2) N + 036 - N + 036 N + 028
Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM

Scaling lower limit (CH2) N + 037 - N + 037 N + 029


Scaling upper limit (CH3) - N + 043 N + 032
Scaling lower limit (CH3) - N + 044 N + 033
Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value (CH0) - N + 022 - N + 022 N + 002
Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value (CH0) - N + 023 - N + 023 N + 003
Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value (CH1) - N + 026 - N + 026 N + 006
Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value (CH1) - N + 027 - N + 027 N + 007
Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value (CH2) N + 039 - N + 039 N + 030 N + 010
Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value (CH2) N + 040 - N + 040 N + 031 N + 011
Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value (CH3) - N + 046 N + 034 N + 014
Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value (CH3) - N + 047 N + 035 N + 015

 Relay assignment differences

KV Nano Series KV-5000/3000 Series


Name
KV-N3AM KV-NC2DA KV-AM40V KV-DA40V KV-DA40
Setting update request (common) n + 009 n + 001 n + 009 n + 001 -
Error clear (common) n + 015 -
Upper/lower limit alarm clear (CH0) - n + 100 - n + 100
Upper/lower limit alarm clear (CH1) - n + 108 - n + 108
-
Upper/lower limit alarm clear (CH2) n + 200 - n + 200
Upper/lower limit alarm clear (CH3) - n + 208
D/A conversion in progress (common) n + 308 n + 300 n + 308 n + 300 -
D/A setting update complete (common) n + 309 n + 301 n + 309 n + 301 -
Error (common) n + 315 n + 008
Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value (CH0) - n + 400 - n + 400 n + 000
Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value (CH0) - n + 401 - n + 401 n + 001
Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value (CH1) - n + 408 - n + 408 n + 002
Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value (CH1) - n + 409 - n + 409 n + 003
Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value (CH2) n + 500 - n + 500 n + 004
Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value (CH2) n + 501 - n + 501 n + 005
Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value (CH3) - n + 508 n + 006
Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value (CH3) - n + 509 n + 007
A-6 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -
1 Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM

Temperature Input Function Differences

KV Nano Series KV-5000/3000 Series


Item
KV-NC4TP KV-TP40
No. of inputs 4 4
Conversion speed 125ms/CH 50ms/4CH
With a thermocouple range: Insulation
Insulation between channels With a resistance thermometer Insulation
sensor range: No insulation
Cold junction compensation resistor In the terminal block External
External cold junction compensation function No Yes
Channel skip Yes No

APPENDICES
Scaling No Yes
Simple average (count) Yes(3 to 1200) Yes(3 to 1200)
Simple average (time) Yes(1500 to 60000) Yes(150 to 60000)
Averaging
Moving average Yes(3 to 64) Yes(3 to 64)
First-order lag filter No Yes
Alarm Yes Yes
Rate of change alarm No Yes

Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM


Disconnection detection Yes Yes
Yes (Value before malfunction,
Input malfunction settings △(Up/down scaling only)
optional value possible)
External cold junction compensation settings No Yes
Offset Yes Yes
Peak/bottom hold Yes Yes
Zero drift No Yes
Zero clip No Yes
Display resolution settings No (Fixed at 0.1C units) Yes (1C or 0.1C units)

 Data memory entry assignment differences

KV Nano Series KV-5000/3000 Series


Name
KV-NC4TP KV-TP40
Measured input value(CH0) N +000
Measured input value(CH1) N +010
Measured input value(CH2) N +020
Measured input value(CH3) N +030
Special data(CH0) N +001
Special data(CH1) N +011
Special data(CH2) N +021
Special data(CH3) N +031
Analog data(CH0) N +002
Analog data(CH1) N +012
Analog data(CH2) N +022
Analog data(CH3) N +032
Peak value(CH0) N +003
Peak value(CH1) N +013
Peak value(CH2) N +023
Peak value(CH3) N +033

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - A-7


1 Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM

KV Nano Series KV-5000/3000 Series


Name
KV-NC4TP KV-TP40
Bottom value(CH0) N +004
Bottom value(CH1) N +014
Bottom value(CH2) N +024
Bottom value(CH3) N +034
Rate of change(CH0) − N +005
Rate of change(CH1) − N +015
Rate of change(CH2) − N +025
Rate of change(CH3) − N +035
Error code(common) N +040
Special data offset(CH0) N +050
Special data offset(CH1) N +055
Special data offset(CH2)
APPENDICES

N +060
Special data offset(CH3) N +065
Alarm upper limit value(CH0) N +051
Alarm upper limit value(CH1) N +056
Alarm upper limit value(CH2) N +061
Alarm upper limit value(CH3) N +066
Alarm lower limit value(CH0) N +052
Alarm lower limit value(CH1) N +057
Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM

Alarm lower limit value(CH2) N +062


Alarm lower limit value(CH3) N +067
Rate of change upper limit value(CH0) − N +053
Rate of change upper limit value(CH1) − N +058
Rate of change upper limit value(CH2) − N +063
Rate of change upper limit value(CH3) − N +068
Rate of change lower limit value(CH0) − N +054
Rate of change lower limit value(CH1) − N +059
Rate of change lower limit value(CH2) − N +064
Rate of change lower limit value(CH3) − N +069
Scaling upper limit(CH0) − N +070
Scaling upper limit(CH1) − N +075
Scaling upper limit(CH2) − N +080
Scaling upper limit(CH3) − N +085
Scaling lower limit(CH0) − N +071
Scaling lower limit(CH1) − N +076
Scaling lower limit(CH2) − N +081
Scaling lower limit(CH3) − N +086
Averaging constant(CH0) N +072
Averaging constant(CH1) N +077
Averaging constant(CH2) N +082
Averaging constant(CH3) N +087
Alarm hysteresis(CH0) N +073
Alarm hysteresis(CH1) N +078
Alarm hysteresis(CH2) N +083
Alarm hysteresis(CH3) N +088
Rate of change hysteresis(CH0) − N +074
Rate of change hysteresis(CH1) − N +079
Rate of change hysteresis(CH2) − N +084
Rate of change hysteresis(CH3) − N +089

A-8 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


1 Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM

 Relay assignment differences


KV Nano Series KV-5000/3000 Series
Name
KV-NC4TP KV-TP40
Setting update request(common) n +001
Error clear(common) n +015
Zero drift(CH0) − n +100
Zero drift(CH1) − n +108
Zero drift(CH2) − n +200
Zero drift(CH3) − n +208
Hold(CH0) n +101
Hold(CH1) n +109
Hold(CH2) n +201
Hold(CH3) n +209

APPENDICES
Disconnection detection clear(CH0) n +102
Disconnection detection clear(CH1) n +110
Disconnection detection clear(CH2) n +202
Disconnection detection clear(CH3) n +210
Alarm clear(CH0) n +103
Alarm clear(CH1) n +111
Alarm clear(CH2) n +203
Alarm clear(CH3) n

Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM


+211
Rate of change alarm clear(CH0) − n +105
Rate of change alarm clear(CH1) − n +113
Rate of change alarm clear(CH2) − n +205
Rate of change alarm clear(CH3) − n +213
A/D conversion in progress (common) n +300
Setting update complete (common) n +301
Error relay (common) n +315
Zero drift in progress(CH0) − n +400
Zero drift in progress(CH1) − n +408
Zero drift in progress(CH2) − n +500
Zero drift in progress(CH3) − n +508
Hold in progress(CH0) n +401
Hold in progress(CH1) n +409
Hold in progress(CH2) n +501
Hold in progress(CH3) n +509
Disconnection detection(CH0) n +402
Disconnection detection(CH1) n +410
Disconnection detection(CH2) n +502
Disconnection detection(CH3) n +510
Alarm upper limit(CH0) n +403
Alarm upper limit(CH1) n +411
Alarm upper limit(CH2) n +503
Alarm upper limit(CH3) n +511
Alarm lower limit(CH0) n +404
Alarm lower limit(CH1) n +412
Alarm lower limit(CH2) n +504
Alarm lower limit(CH3) n +512
Rate of change alarm upper limit(CH0) − n +405
Rate of change alarm upper limit(CH1) − n +413
Rate of change alarm upper limit(CH2) − n +505
Rate of change alarm upper limit(CH3) − n +513
- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - A-9
1 Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM

KV Nano Series KV-5000/3000 Series


Name
KV-NC4TP KV-TP40
Rate of change alarm lower limit(CH0) − n +406
Rate of change alarm lower limit(CH1) − n +414
Rate of change alarm lower limit(CH2) − n +506
Rate of change alarm lower limit(CH3) − n +514
Special data valid(CH0) n +407
Special data valid(CH1) n +415
Special data valid(CH2) n +507
Special data valid(CH3) n +515
APPENDICES
Differences between the KV-5000/3000 Series Units and the KV-N3AM

A-10 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings
 What is the Unit Editor?
The Unit Editor is software that is included with the KV STUDIO ladder support software. Use the Unit
Editor to set the PLC unit configuration and to configure the settings related to the functions of the
analog temperature unit. You have to configure these settings the first time that you use the analog
temperature unit.

 Configuring settings
This section describes the procedure for using the Unit Editor to configure the settings of the analog
temperature units.

1 Start the KV STUDIO (version 7 or later) Unit Editor.

APPENDICES
In KV STUDIO, on the "Tool" menu,
click "Unit Editor".

Alternative procedure

• Click .

When using connector type units,

How to Configure Unit Editor Settings


Point
use KV STUDIO Version 7.1 or
later.
For details,
see the "KV STUDIO User's Manual".

2 Click the "Select unit(1)" tab, and then drag the unit to connect it to the base unit.

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - A-11


2 How to Configure Unit Editor Settings

3 Double-click the analog temperature unit in the unit configuration area.


The detailed settings tab (the "Setup unit(2)" tab) is
displayed on the right side of the unit setup window.

Alternative procedure
• Press the key.
• On the "View" menu, click "Display unit setting".
APPENDICES

4 Click the item whose setting is to be changed, and then enter the new value.
• When using a text box to enter a value
Enter the value directly in the text box.
• When using a drop-down list to enter a value
How to Configure Unit Editor Settings

Select the value that you want to enter from the


items in the drop-down list.

5 Press the key.


The settings are confirmed.

6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 to configure all the unit settings that need to be changed.

7 On the "File" menu, click "Close". The system that you have created is saved, and you are
returned to the editor.

Alternative procedure
• Click .
• Click .

A-12 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3 Index
An index of definitions used in this manual. They are arranged in the alphabetical sequence.

A E

A/D and D/A Conversion Tables . . . . 3-13, 4-12, 5-11 Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72, 4-54, 5-41, 6-42
A/D conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73, 5-42
A/D conversion circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10, 4-9 Error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-55
A/D converted data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25, 4-23 Error hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62, 5-32
Alarm Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27 Expansion unit connection cable . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Analog data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25, 4-23, 5-21 Expansion unit connection connector . . . . . . . .3-3
Automatic refresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12, 4-11, 5-11 Expansion unit connection connector cover . . .3-3
Averaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37, 4-34, 6-24 Expansion unit connection extension cable . . . .1-4
Averaging constant selection . . . . . . . . .3-37, 4-34

APPENDICES
B
Functional Block Diagram
Bottom hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50, 4-47, 6-35 (A/D Conversion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30, 4-28
Bottom value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50, 4-47 Functional Block Diagram
Brief display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69, 4-52, 5-39 (D/A Conversion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31, 5-23
Functional Block Diagram
(Temperature Conversion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-21
C Functional Block Diagram

Index
(temperature conversion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-21
CE marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Channel skip . . . . . . . . 3-33, 3-54, 4-30, 5-24, 6-22
Checking the Contents
G
of the Package . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2, 4-2, 5-2, 6-2
Comparator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40, 4-37 General problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-72
Comparator lower limit OFF level . . . . . .3-40, 4-37 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . 3-4, 4-4, 5-4, 6-5
Comparator lower limit ON level . . . . . . .3-40, 4-37
Comparator lower limit relay . . . . . . . . . .3-40, 4-38
Comparator reset relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40, 4-38 H
Comparator upper limit OFF level . . . . .3-40, 4-37
Comparator upper limit ON level . . . . . .3-40, 4-37 Hold in progress relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50, 4-47
Comparator upper limit relay . . . . . . . . .3-40, 4-38 Hold relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50, 4-47
Comparator val selection . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40, 4-37
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
I
D
I/O Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
Input range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34, 4-31
D/A conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Input terminal block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
D/A conversion circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10, 5-9 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Detailed display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70, 4-53, 5-40 Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
Differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7, 4-6, 5-6, 6-7 Instruction manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2, 4-2, 5-2
Disconnection detection . . . . . . . . 3-44, 4-41, 6-31 Internal Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . 3-10, 4-9, 5-9
Disconnection detection
clear relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44, 4-41, 6-31
Disconnection detection relay . . . . 3-44, 4-41, 6-31
Display assignment device . . . . . . 3-70, 4-52, 5-39
DM selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52, 3-66, 4-49, 5-36

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - A-13


3 Index

K P

KV-N3AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Peak hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50, 4-47, 6-35


KV-NC2DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Peak value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50, 4-47
KV-NC4AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . 3-5, 4-5, 5-5
KV-NC4TP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2, 4-2, 5-2
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54, 5-41
Procedure Prior to Operation
L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19, 4-18, 5-17, 6-13

Leading DM No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23, 4-21, 5-19


Leading relay No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23, 4-21, 5-19
R
LED indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-72, 4-54
APPENDICES

LED indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54, 5-41 Read setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70, 4-52, 5-39


List of Data RTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6, 6-43
Memory Entries . . . . . . . . 3-24, 4-22, 5-20, 6-16
List of Relays . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28, 4-26, 5-22, 6-19
List of Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20, 4-19, 5-18 S

Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35, 3-56, 4-32, 5-26


M Scaling lower limit . . . . . . . . 3-35, 3-56, 4-32, 5-26
Index

Scaling selection . . . . . . . . . 3-35, 3-56, 4-32, 5-26


Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Scaling upper limit . . . . . . . . 3-35, 3-56, 4-32, 5-26
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Set value communication area
Mounting Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27, 4-25, 5-21
Moving average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39, 4-36 Setting in case of input exceptions . . . . . . . . .6-33
Moving Average count . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37, 4-34 Setting update request relay
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53, 3-67, 4-50, 5-37, 6-37
Simple average (count selection) . . . . . 3-38, 4-35
N Simple average (time selection) . . . . . . 3-38, 4-35
Simple averaging count . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37, 4-34
Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3, 4-3, 5-3, 6-4 Simple averaging time(ms) . . . . . . . . . . 3-37, 4-34
Normal read area . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24, 4-22, 5-21 Space surrounding the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
Normal write area . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26, 4-24, 5-20 Special data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25, 4-23
Number of Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5, 5-5 Special Data Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-34
Number of Devices Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Special data offset . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46, 4-43, 6-34
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4, 5-4, 6-5
System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
O
T
OP-87581 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Operation in PROG mode . . . . . . 3-12, 4-11, 5-11
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2, 4-2, 5-2 Temperature Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Output data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26, 5-20 Temperature shift compensation . . . . . . 3-32, 4-29
Output Data Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34 Terminal Pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8, 4-7, 5-7, 6-8
Output data offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 Thermocouple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
Output Data Offset Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34 Thermocouple or RTD type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-23
Output in PROG mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-63, 5-33 Thermocouples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-43
Output limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-61, 5-31
Output Limit Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Output range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55, 5-25
Output Range Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

A-14 - Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


3 Index

UL standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Unit Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
Unit Monitor
. . . 3-68, 3-69, 4-51, 4-52, 5-38, 5-39, 6-38, 6-39
Unit orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Update period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12, 4-11
Update setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70, 4-52, 5-39
Upper/lower limit alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-58, 5-28
Upper/lower limit alarm clear relay . . . . .3-58, 5-29
Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit relay
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-58, 5-29
Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value

APPENDICES
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-58, 5-28
Upper/lower limit alarm selection . . . . . .3-58, 5-28
Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-58, 5-29
Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-58, 5-28

Index
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Wiring connector type expansion unit . . . . . . . 2-13
Wiring connector type expansion units . . . . . . 2-13
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9, 4-8, 5-8

Y terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Zero clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43, 4-40


Zero drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48, 4-45
Zero drift in progress relay . . . . . . . . . . .3-48, 4-45
Zero drift relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48, 4-45

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual - A-15


Revision History
Printing Date Version Details of Revision

Jun 2013 Official release


Jul 2014 2nd version

- Analog Temperature Unit for KV Nano Series User’s Manual -


WARRANTIES AND DISCLAIMERS
(1) KEYENCE warrants the Products to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1)
year from the date of shipment. If any models or samples were shown to Buyer, such models or samples were
used merely to illustrate the general type and quality of the Products and not to represent that the Products
would necessarily conform to said models or samples. Any Products found to be defective must be shipped to
KEYENCE with all shipping costs paid by Buyer or offered to KEYENCE for inspection and examination. Upon
examination by KEYENCE, KEYENCE, at its sole option, will refund the purchase price of, or repair or replace
at no charge any Products found to be defective. This warranty does not apply to any defects resulting from
any action of Buyer, including but not limited to improper installation, improper interfacing, improper repair,
unauthorized modification, misapplication and mishandling, such as exposure to excessive current, heat,
coldness, moisture, vibration or outdoors air. Components which wear are not warranted.
(2) KEYENCE is pleased to offer suggestions on the use of its various Products. They are only suggestions, and it
is Buyer's responsibility to ascertain the fitness of the Products for Buyer’s intended use. KEYENCE will not be
responsible for any damages that may result from the use of the Products.
(3) The Products and any samples ("Products/Samples") supplied to Buyer are not to be used internally in
humans, for human transportation, as safety devices or fail-safe systems, unless their written specifications
state otherwise. Should any Products/Samples be used in such a manner or misused in any way, KEYENCE
assumes no responsibility, and additionally Buyer will indemnify KEYENCE and hold KEYENCE harmless from
any liability or damage whatsoever arising out of any misuse of the Products/Samples.
(4) OTHER THAN AS STATED HEREIN, THE PRODUCTS/SAMPLES ARE PROVIDED WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER. ALL EXPRESS, IMPLIED, AND STATUTORY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL KEYENCE AND ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON OR ENTITY
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF INFORMATION, LOSS OR INACCURACY OF DATA, LOSS OF PROFITS,
LOSS OF SAVINGS, THE COST OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTED GOODS, SERVICES OR
TECHNOLOGIES, OR FOR ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCTS, EVEN IF KEYENCE OR ONE OF ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES WAS
ADVISED OF A POSSIBLE THIRD PARTY’S CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OR ANY OTHER CLAIM AGAINST
BUYER. In some jurisdictions, some of the foregoing warranty disclaimers or damage limitations may not
apply.

BUYER'S TRANSFER OBLIGATIONS:


If the Products/Samples purchased by Buyer are to be resold or delivered to a third party, Buyer must provide
such third party with a copy of this document, all specifications, manuals, catalogs, leaflets and written
information provided to Buyer pertaining to the Products/Samples.

E 1101-3
Copyright (c) 2013 KEYENCE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 084272E 1074-2 282GB Printed in Japan

You might also like